summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/macros/latex/contrib/acrotex/eforms.dtx
blob: bc21d96c7247a95a12c02dd78b7743ff0ea3bc89 (plain)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262
3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
3610
3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
3666
3667
3668
3669
3670
3671
3672
3673
3674
3675
3676
3677
3678
3679
3680
3681
3682
3683
3684
3685
3686
3687
3688
3689
3690
3691
3692
3693
3694
3695
3696
3697
3698
3699
3700
3701
3702
3703
3704
3705
3706
3707
3708
3709
3710
3711
3712
3713
3714
3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
3737
3738
3739
3740
3741
3742
3743
3744
3745
3746
3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
3770
3771
3772
3773
3774
3775
3776
3777
3778
3779
3780
3781
3782
3783
3784
3785
3786
3787
3788
3789
3790
3791
3792
3793
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921
3922
3923
3924
3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
4057
4058
4059
4060
4061
4062
4063
4064
4065
4066
4067
4068
4069
4070
4071
4072
4073
4074
4075
4076
4077
4078
4079
4080
4081
4082
4083
4084
4085
4086
4087
4088
4089
4090
4091
4092
4093
4094
4095
4096
4097
4098
4099
4100
4101
4102
4103
4104
4105
4106
4107
4108
4109
4110
4111
4112
4113
4114
4115
4116
4117
4118
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
4132
4133
4134
4135
4136
4137
4138
4139
4140
4141
4142
4143
4144
4145
4146
4147
4148
4149
4150
4151
4152
4153
4154
4155
4156
4157
4158
4159
4160
4161
4162
4163
4164
4165
4166
4167
4168
4169
4170
4171
4172
4173
4174
4175
4176
4177
4178
4179
4180
4181
4182
4183
4184
4185
4186
4187
4188
4189
4190
4191
4192
4193
4194
4195
4196
4197
4198
4199
4200
4201
4202
4203
4204
4205
4206
4207
4208
4209
4210
4211
4212
4213
4214
4215
4216
4217
4218
4219
4220
4221
4222
4223
4224
4225
4226
4227
4228
4229
4230
4231
4232
4233
4234
4235
4236
4237
4238
4239
4240
4241
4242
4243
4244
4245
4246
4247
4248
4249
4250
4251
4252
4253
4254
4255
4256
4257
4258
4259
4260
4261
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
4268
4269
4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276
4277
4278
4279
4280
4281
4282
4283
4284
4285
4286
4287
4288
4289
4290
4291
4292
4293
4294
4295
4296
4297
4298
4299
4300
4301
4302
4303
4304
4305
4306
4307
4308
4309
4310
4311
4312
4313
4314
4315
4316
4317
4318
4319
4320
4321
4322
4323
4324
4325
4326
4327
4328
4329
4330
4331
4332
4333
4334
4335
4336
4337
4338
4339
4340
4341
4342
4343
4344
4345
4346
4347
4348
4349
4350
4351
4352
4353
4354
4355
4356
4357
4358
4359
4360
4361
4362
4363
4364
4365
4366
4367
4368
4369
4370
4371
4372
4373
4374
4375
4376
4377
4378
4379
4380
4381
4382
4383
4384
4385
4386
4387
4388
4389
4390
4391
4392
4393
4394
4395
4396
4397
4398
4399
4400
4401
4402
4403
4404
4405
4406
4407
4408
4409
4410
4411
4412
4413
4414
4415
4416
4417
4418
4419
4420
4421
4422
4423
4424
4425
4426
4427
4428
4429
4430
4431
4432
4433
4434
4435
4436
4437
4438
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444
4445
4446
4447
4448
4449
4450
4451
4452
4453
4454
4455
4456
4457
4458
4459
4460
4461
4462
4463
4464
4465
4466
4467
4468
4469
4470
4471
4472
4473
4474
4475
4476
4477
4478
4479
4480
4481
4482
4483
4484
4485
4486
4487
4488
4489
4490
4491
4492
4493
4494
4495
4496
4497
4498
4499
4500
4501
4502
4503
4504
4505
4506
4507
4508
4509
4510
4511
4512
4513
4514
4515
4516
4517
4518
4519
4520
4521
4522
4523
4524
4525
4526
4527
4528
4529
4530
4531
4532
4533
4534
4535
4536
4537
4538
4539
4540
4541
4542
4543
4544
4545
4546
4547
4548
4549
4550
4551
4552
4553
4554
4555
4556
4557
4558
4559
4560
4561
4562
4563
4564
4565
4566
4567
4568
4569
4570
4571
4572
4573
4574
4575
4576
4577
4578
4579
4580
4581
4582
4583
4584
4585
4586
4587
4588
4589
4590
4591
4592
4593
4594
4595
4596
4597
4598
4599
4600
4601
4602
4603
4604
4605
4606
4607
4608
4609
4610
4611
4612
4613
4614
4615
4616
4617
4618
4619
4620
4621
4622
4623
4624
4625
4626
4627
4628
4629
4630
4631
4632
4633
4634
4635
4636
4637
4638
4639
4640
4641
4642
4643
4644
4645
4646
4647
4648
4649
4650
4651
4652
4653
4654
4655
4656
4657
4658
4659
4660
4661
4662
4663
4664
4665
4666
4667
4668
4669
4670
4671
4672
4673
4674
4675
4676
4677
4678
4679
4680
4681
4682
4683
4684
4685
4686
4687
4688
4689
4690
4691
4692
4693
4694
4695
4696
4697
4698
4699
4700
4701
4702
4703
4704
4705
4706
4707
4708
4709
4710
4711
4712
4713
4714
4715
4716
4717
4718
4719
4720
4721
4722
4723
4724
4725
4726
4727
4728
4729
4730
4731
4732
4733
4734
4735
4736
4737
4738
4739
4740
4741
4742
4743
4744
4745
4746
4747
4748
4749
4750
4751
4752
4753
4754
4755
4756
4757
4758
4759
4760
4761
4762
4763
4764
4765
4766
4767
4768
4769
4770
4771
4772
4773
4774
4775
4776
4777
4778
4779
4780
4781
4782
4783
4784
4785
4786
4787
4788
4789
4790
4791
4792
4793
4794
4795
4796
4797
4798
4799
4800
4801
4802
4803
4804
4805
4806
4807
4808
4809
4810
4811
4812
4813
4814
4815
4816
4817
4818
4819
4820
4821
4822
4823
4824
4825
4826
4827
4828
4829
4830
4831
4832
4833
4834
4835
4836
4837
4838
4839
4840
4841
4842
4843
4844
4845
4846
4847
4848
4849
4850
4851
4852
4853
4854
4855
4856
4857
4858
4859
4860
4861
4862
4863
4864
4865
4866
4867
4868
4869
4870
4871
4872
4873
4874
4875
4876
4877
4878
4879
4880
4881
4882
4883
4884
4885
4886
4887
4888
4889
4890
4891
4892
4893
4894
4895
4896
4897
4898
4899
4900
4901
4902
4903
4904
4905
4906
4907
4908
4909
4910
4911
4912
4913
4914
4915
4916
4917
4918
4919
4920
4921
4922
4923
4924
4925
4926
4927
4928
4929
4930
4931
4932
4933
4934
4935
4936
4937
4938
4939
4940
4941
4942
4943
4944
4945
4946
4947
4948
4949
4950
4951
4952
4953
4954
4955
4956
4957
4958
4959
4960
4961
4962
4963
4964
4965
4966
4967
4968
4969
4970
4971
4972
4973
4974
4975
4976
4977
4978
4979
4980
4981
4982
4983
4984
4985
4986
4987
4988
4989
4990
4991
4992
4993
4994
4995
4996
4997
4998
4999
5000
5001
5002
5003
5004
5005
5006
5007
5008
5009
5010
5011
5012
5013
5014
5015
5016
5017
5018
5019
5020
5021
5022
5023
5024
5025
5026
5027
5028
5029
5030
5031
5032
5033
5034
5035
5036
5037
5038
5039
5040
5041
5042
5043
5044
5045
5046
5047
5048
5049
5050
5051
5052
5053
5054
5055
5056
5057
5058
5059
5060
5061
5062
5063
5064
5065
5066
5067
5068
5069
5070
5071
5072
5073
5074
5075
5076
5077
5078
5079
5080
5081
5082
5083
5084
5085
5086
5087
5088
5089
5090
5091
5092
5093
5094
5095
5096
5097
5098
5099
5100
5101
5102
5103
5104
5105
5106
5107
5108
5109
5110
5111
5112
5113
5114
5115
5116
5117
5118
5119
5120
5121
5122
5123
5124
5125
5126
5127
5128
5129
5130
5131
5132
5133
5134
5135
5136
5137
5138
5139
5140
5141
5142
5143
5144
5145
5146
5147
5148
5149
5150
5151
5152
5153
5154
5155
5156
5157
5158
5159
5160
5161
5162
5163
5164
5165
5166
5167
5168
5169
5170
5171
5172
5173
5174
5175
5176
5177
5178
5179
5180
5181
5182
5183
5184
5185
5186
5187
5188
5189
5190
5191
5192
5193
5194
5195
5196
5197
5198
5199
5200
5201
5202
5203
5204
5205
5206
5207
5208
5209
5210
5211
5212
5213
5214
5215
5216
5217
5218
5219
5220
5221
5222
5223
5224
5225
5226
5227
5228
5229
5230
5231
5232
5233
5234
5235
5236
5237
5238
5239
5240
5241
5242
5243
5244
5245
5246
5247
5248
5249
5250
5251
5252
5253
5254
5255
5256
5257
5258
5259
5260
5261
5262
5263
5264
5265
5266
5267
5268
5269
5270
5271
5272
5273
5274
5275
5276
5277
5278
5279
5280
5281
5282
5283
5284
5285
5286
5287
5288
5289
5290
5291
5292
5293
5294
5295
5296
5297
5298
5299
5300
5301
5302
5303
5304
5305
5306
5307
5308
5309
5310
5311
5312
5313
5314
5315
5316
5317
5318
5319
5320
5321
5322
5323
5324
5325
5326
5327
5328
5329
5330
5331
5332
5333
5334
5335
5336
5337
5338
5339
5340
5341
5342
5343
5344
5345
5346
5347
5348
5349
5350
5351
5352
5353
5354
5355
5356
5357
5358
5359
5360
5361
5362
5363
5364
5365
5366
5367
5368
5369
5370
5371
5372
5373
5374
5375
5376
5377
5378
5379
5380
5381
5382
5383
5384
5385
5386
5387
5388
5389
5390
5391
5392
5393
5394
5395
5396
5397
5398
5399
5400
5401
5402
5403
5404
5405
5406
5407
5408
5409
5410
5411
5412
5413
5414
5415
5416
5417
5418
5419
5420
5421
5422
5423
5424
5425
5426
5427
5428
5429
5430
5431
5432
5433
5434
5435
5436
5437
5438
5439
5440
5441
5442
5443
5444
5445
5446
5447
5448
5449
5450
5451
5452
5453
5454
5455
5456
5457
5458
5459
5460
5461
5462
5463
5464
5465
5466
5467
5468
5469
5470
5471
5472
5473
5474
5475
5476
5477
5478
5479
5480
5481
5482
5483
5484
5485
5486
5487
5488
5489
5490
5491
5492
5493
5494
5495
5496
5497
5498
5499
5500
5501
5502
5503
5504
5505
5506
5507
5508
5509
5510
5511
5512
5513
5514
5515
5516
5517
5518
5519
5520
5521
5522
5523
5524
5525
5526
5527
5528
5529
5530
5531
5532
5533
5534
5535
5536
5537
5538
5539
5540
5541
5542
5543
5544
5545
5546
5547
5548
5549
5550
5551
5552
5553
5554
5555
5556
5557
5558
5559
5560
5561
5562
5563
5564
5565
5566
5567
5568
5569
5570
5571
5572
5573
5574
5575
5576
5577
5578
5579
5580
5581
5582
5583
5584
5585
5586
5587
5588
5589
5590
5591
5592
5593
5594
5595
5596
5597
5598
5599
5600
5601
5602
5603
5604
5605
5606
5607
5608
5609
5610
5611
5612
5613
5614
5615
5616
5617
5618
5619
5620
5621
5622
5623
5624
5625
5626
5627
5628
5629
5630
5631
5632
5633
5634
5635
5636
5637
5638
5639
5640
5641
5642
5643
5644
5645
5646
5647
5648
5649
5650
5651
5652
5653
5654
5655
5656
5657
5658
5659
5660
5661
5662
5663
5664
5665
5666
5667
5668
5669
5670
5671
5672
5673
5674
5675
5676
5677
5678
5679
5680
5681
% \iffalse
% makeindex -s gglo.ist -o eforms.gls eforms.glo
% makeindex -s gind.ist -o eforms.ind eforms.idx
%<*copyright>
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%% eForms package,                                      %%
%% Copyright (C) 2002-2020  D. P. Story                 %%
%%   dpstory@uakron.edu                                 %%
%%                                                      %%
%% This program can redistributed and/or modified under %%
%% the terms of the LaTeX Project Public License        %%
%% Distributed from CTAN archives in directory          %%
%% macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either version 1 of the  %%
%% License, or (at your option) any later version.      %%
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%</copyright>
%<package>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
%<package>\ProvidesPackage{eforms}
%<package> [2020/12/14 v2.4.1 Provides general eforms support (dps)]
%<*driver>
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
\usepackage[colorlinks,hyperindex=false]{hyperref}[2012/10/12]
\usepackage{fancyvrb}
\pdfstringdefDisableCommands{\let\\\textbackslash}
\OnlyDescription
\EnableCrossrefs
\CodelineIndex
\RecordChanges
\bgroup\ttfamily
\gdef\brpr#1{\char123\relax#1\char125\relax}\egroup
\let\darg\brpr
\let\env\texttt
\let\opt\texttt
\let\app\textsf
\let\key\texttt
\let\uif\textsf
\def\visispace{\symbol{32}}
\def\ameta#1{\ensuremath{\langle\textit{\texttt{#1}}\rangle}}
\def\meta#1{\textsl{\texttt{#1}}}
\def\SUB#1{\ensuremath{{}_{\mbox{\scriptsize\ttfamily#1}}}}
\def\ltag{<}\def\rtag{>}
\let\app\textsf\let\pkg\textsf
\let\tops\texorpdfstring
\makeatletter
\let\@latex@warning\@gobble
\makeatother
\InputIfFileExists{aebdocfmt.def}{\PackageInfo{eforms}{Inputting aebdocfmt.def}}
    {\def\IndexOpt{\DescribeMacro}\def\IndexKey{\DescribeMacro}\let\setupFullwidth\relax
     \PackageInfo{eforms}{aebdocfmt.def cannot be found}}
\begin{document}
  \GetFileInfo{eforms.sty}
  \title{\textsf{eforms}: PDF Form support for \LaTeX}
  \author{D. P. Story\\
    Email: \texttt{dpstory@uakron.edu}}
  \date{processed \today}
  \maketitle
  \tableofcontents
  \let\Email\texttt
  \DocInput{eforms.dtx}
\IfFileExists{\jobname.ind}{\newpage\setupFullwidth\PrintIndex}{\paragraph*{Index} The index goes here.\\Execute
    \texttt{makeindex -s gind.ist -o eforms.ind eforms.idx} on the command line and recompile
    \texttt{eforms.dtx}.}
\IfFileExists{\jobname.gls}{\PrintChanges}{\paragraph*{Change History} The list of changes goes here.\\Execute
    \texttt{makeindex -s gglo.ist -o eforms.gls eforms.glo} on the command line and recompile
    \texttt{eforms.dtx}.}
\end{document}
%</driver>
% \fi
%
% \MakeShortVerb{|}
% \InputIfFileExists{aebdonotindex.def}{\PackageInfo{eforms}{Inputting aebdonotindex.def}}
%    {\PackageInfo{eforms}{aebdonotindex.def cannot be found}}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*package>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \section{Introduction}
%
% \textbf{Form Response Files.}
% The \pkg{eforms} package supports the creation of \app{Acrobat} \hyperref[formsSupport]{form fields},
% as well as the creation of \hyperref[linkSupport]{link annotations}. Most all features of fields and links are supported, though
% for some features, such as signatures and tabbing, the \app{Acrobat/\allowbreak Distiller} pair is needed.
% Inserting PDF form fields into your document creates a \emph{Form Response File}, to use the latest
% nomenclature of \app{Adobe}.
%
%    \section{Package Options}
%
% The package options consist mostly of driver options.
%
%    \subsection{Driver Options}
%
%    The \textsf{web} package passes these driver options to \textsf{exerquiz}.
%    These options are needed is \textsf{exerquiz} is used without
%    \textsf{web}; in this case, the options below must explicitly included.
%    Set the driver dependent code for the |quiz| environments.
%
% \changes{v2.2v2.2}{2019/06/12}{Added fields to fields dict, conforming to hyperref}
% \changes{v2.13}{2019/06/10}{Added various fields to the fields dictionary so they
% can get appearances in non-conforming PDF viewers.}
% \changes{v2.5o}{2012/06/18}{Added required package \string\textsf{ifpdf}}
% \changes{v2.9m}{2017/09/03}{Added the ifluatex package}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\RequirePackage{ifpdf}[2006/02/20]
\RequirePackage{ifxetex}[2006/08/21]
\RequirePackage{ifluatex}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The \pkg{calc} package is now required (2014/02/18).
% \changes{v2.6c}{2014/02/18}{Added the \string\textsf{calc} package as required package.}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\RequirePackage{calc}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Set the driver for \texttt{dvipsone}\IndexOpt{dvipsone}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\ef@driver\@empty
\DeclareOption{dvipsone}{\def\eq@drivernum{0}%
  \def\eq@drivername{0}\def\ef@driver{dvipsone}%
  \def\eq@drivercode{epdfmark.def}%
  \PassOptionsToPackage{dvipsone}{insdljs}%
  \PassOptionsToPackage{dvipsone}{hyperref}%
}
\def\eq@drivername{2}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Set the driver for \texttt{dvips}\IndexOpt{dvips}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{dvips}{\def\eq@drivernum{0}%
  \def\eq@drivername{1}\def\ef@driver{dvips}%
  \def\eq@drivercode{epdfmark.def}%
  \PassOptionsToPackage{dvips}{insdljs}%
  \PassOptionsToPackage{dvips}{hyperref}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Set the driver for \texttt{pdftex}\IndexOpt{pdftex}
% \changes{v2.9b}{2016/07/22}{Do not pass pdftex driver to insdljs or hyperref}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{pdftex}{%
  \def\eq@drivernum{1}\def\eq@driver{pdftex}%
  \def\eq@drivercode{epdftex.def}\def\ef@driver{pdftex}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Added \textsf{luatex} option
% \changes{v2.9m}{2017/09/03}{Add luatex option}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{luatex}{%
  \def\eq@drivernum{1}\def\eq@driver{luatex}%
  \def\eq@drivercode{epdftex.def}\def\ef@driver{luatex}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}%
% Set the drivers for \texttt{dvipdfm}\IndexOpt{dvipdfm}. \texttt{dvipdfmx}\IndexOpt{dvipdfmx},
% and \texttt{xetex}\IndexOpt{xetex}.
% \changes{v2.9b}{2016/07/22}{Do not pass xetex driver to insdljs or hyperref}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{dvipdfm}{%
  \def\eq@drivernum{2}\def\eq@driver{dvipdfm}%
  \def\eq@drivercode{edvipdfm.def}\def\ef@driver{dvipdfm}%
  \PassOptionsToPackage{dvipdfm}{insdljs}
  \PassOptionsToPackage{dvipdfm}{hyperref}
}
\DeclareOption{dvipdfmx}{%
  \def\eq@drivernum{2}\def\eq@driver{dvipdfmx}%
  \def\eq@drivercode{edvipdfm.def}\def\ef@driver{dvipdfmx}%
  \PassOptionsToPackage{dvipdfmx}{insdljs}
  \PassOptionsToPackage{dvipdfmx}{hyperref}
}
\DeclareOption{xetex}{%
  \def\eq@drivernum{2}\def\eq@driver{xetex}%
  \def\eq@drivercode{edvipdfm.def}\def\ef@driver{xetex}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \leavevmode\IndexOpt{textures}^^A%
% This option, and testing are due to Ross Moore  3/6/02
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{textures}{%
  \def\eq@drivernum{3}\def\eq@driver{textures}%
  \def\eq@drivercode{epdfmark.def}\def\ef@driver{textures}%
  \PassOptionsToPackage{textures}{insdljs}%
  \PassOptionsToPackage{textures}{hyperref}
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% If no driver is passed, assume it is
% \textsf{dvipsone} or \textsf{dvips}---\textsf{hyperref} defines the specials.
% Default driver dvipsone/dvips
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@driver{dvipsone/dvips}
\def\eq@drivercode{epdfmark.def}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsection{Other Options}
%
% The \texttt{preview}\IndexOpt{preview} option displays the bounding box of each form field with a frame box.
% Useful for laying out field with a dvi previewer.
% \changes{v2.5n}{2012/04/30}{Changed \string\cs{ifpreview} to a conditional
% definition; this allows the \string\textsf{spdef} package to control the state
% of \cs{ifpreview}.}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{preview}{\previewtrue}
\let\insjs@opts\@empty
\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{insdljs}}
\@ifundefined{ifpreview}{\newif\ifpreview\previewfalse}{}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    (2017/01/01) Added two convenience commands, these are \DescribeMacro\previewOn\cs{previewOn}
%    and \DescribeMacro\previewOff\cs{previewOff}. Beginning with 2019/05/24, `enhanced preview'
%    is introduced, see comments \hyperref[pmpv]{below}.
%    \changes{v2.9f}{2017/01/01}{Added \string\cs{previewOn} and \string\cs{previewOff}}
%    \changes{v2.11}{2019/05/24}{Introduce `enhanced preview' targeted at users of non-conforming
%    PDF viewer.}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\providecommand{\previewOn}{\previewtrue}
\providecommand{\previewOff}{\previewfalse}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Use\IndexOpt{useui} the \textsf{xkeyval} package to specify the options for the links and
% forms, key-values are enclosed in the \cs{ui} command inside the option list.
% \changes{v2.0}{2008/03/14}
% {
%   Added the \string\texttt{useui} option, which inputs \string\textsf{xkeyval} package,
%   and defines a user-friendly interface to the option arguments.
% }
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{useui}{\AtEndOfPackage{\ef@InputUIeForms}}
\def\ef@InputUIeForms{\InputIfFileExists{uieforms.def}%
  {\PackageInfo{eforms}{Inputting code for useui option}}%
  {\PackageInfo{eforms}{Cannot find uieforms.def.\MessageBreak
    Reinstall or refresh your file name database.}}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    The \texttt{setcorder} option\IndexOpt{setcorder} is used to set the calculation order
%    in a forms document. Normally, the calculation order is the order the fields are created.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{setcorder}{\def\inputCalcOrderJS{%
  \InputIfFileExists{setcorder.def}%
  {\PackageInfo{eforms}{Inputting code for setcorder option}}%
  {\PackageWarning{eforms}{Cannot find setcorder.def.\MessageBreak
    Reinstall or refresh your file name database.}}}}
\let\inputCalcOrderJS\relax
%    \end{macrocode}
% \changes{v2.5o}{2012/06/18}{Added automatic test for \string\textsf{pdftex}.}
% \changes{v2.9m}{2017/09/03}{Added a check for \string\textsf{lualtex}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@ifpackageloaded{web}{%
    \ExecuteOptions{\eq@driver@name}%
}{%
    \@ifpackageloaded{exerquiz}{%
        \ExecuteOptions{\eq@driver}%
    }{%
        \ifluatex\ExecuteOptions{luatex}\else
        \ifpdf\ExecuteOptions{pdftex}\else
        \ifxetex\ExecuteOptions{xetex}\else
        \@ifundefined{l@tex@@@@driver}{\ExecuteOptions{dvips}}
            {\ExecuteOptions{dvipsone}}\fi\fi\fi
    }%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}`
\ProcessOptions
\ifx\ef@driver\@empty
  \PackageError{eforms}%
    {You have not specified dvips, dvipsone, pdftex,\MessageBreak
    dvipdfm, dvipdfmx, or xetex in the option list of\MessageBreak
    the eforms package}
    {Place one of the drivers dvips, dvipsone, pdftex,  dvipdfm,
    dvipdfmx, or xetex
    \MessageBreak in the option list of the eforms package.}%
}{}
\fi
\edef\ef@CatChngs{\the\catcode`\$}
\@makeother\$\relax
\newlength\eflength
%    \end{macrocode}
%    To support a variations of \app{dvipdfm}, we change the logic from
%    \cs{ifxetex} to |\ifnum\eq@drivernum=2\relax|, a driver number of 2
%    includes \app{dvipdfm} and all its variants.
%    \changes{v2.3.4}{2020/07/05}{Change logic from \string\cs{ifxetex} to
%    \string\cs{ifnum}\string\cs{eq@drivernum=2\string\relax}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@ifundefined{ifpdfmarkup}{\newif\ifpdfmarkup}{}\pdfmarkupfalse
\ifpdf\else\ifnum\eq@drivernum=2\relax\else\pdfmarkuptrue\fi\fi
\RequirePackage{hyperref}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Changed \textsf{hyperref} definitions/parameters to add \texttt{1bp} rather than \texttt{1pt} around a form field
%    or link.
%    \changes{v2.9e}{2016/12/22}{Changed hyperref to add 1bp rather than 1pt}
%    \changes{v2.3.4}{2020/07/05}{Change logic from \string\cs{ifxetex} to
%    \string\cs{ifnum}\string\cs{eq@drivernum=2\string\relax}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ifnum\eq@drivernum=2\relax
\else
  \ifpdf\pdflinkmargin1bp\relax
  \else
    \g@addto@macro\Hy@FirstPageHook{%
    \headerps@out{/HyperBorder {1.00375 PDFToDvips} def}}
  \fi
\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Changed the requirement for \textsf{insdljs}
% \changes{v2.9a}{2016/06/09}{Change in \string\textsf{insdljs} package}
% \changes{v2.9g}{2017/01/03}{Change in \string\textsf{insdljs} package}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\RequirePackage{insdljs}[2019/02/11] % incl conv-xkv
%    \end{macrocode}
% \changes{v1.0a}{2006/10/03}
% {
%   If \string\pkg{exerquiz} is not loaded, we do an automatic begin and end of Form.
%   Also, if \string\textsf{exerquiz} is loaded, then we use the driver declared in
%   \string\pkg{exerquiz}; otherwise, we set the default to 0
%   (\string\texttt{dvipsone}/\string\texttt{dvips}).
% }
% If \pkg{exerquiz} is not loaded, we insert |\begin{Form}| and |\end{Form}|,
% and if undefined, we set the default driver.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@ifpackageloaded{exerquiz}{}{%
  \AtBeginDocument{\Form}%
  \AtEndDocument{\@nameuse{endForm}}
}
\@ifpackageloaded{aeb_pro}{}{%
  \newcommand{\taggedPDF}{%
    \ifnum\eq@drivernum=0\relax
    \literalps@out{\AEB@psMrk{Catalog} <<%
        /MarkInfo<</Marked true>>%
    >> /PUT pdfmark}\fi}%
}
\let\ef@YES=y \let\ef@NO=n
\let\ef@One=1 \let\ef@Zero=0
\ifnum\eq@drivername<2\relax
\let\to@usepdfmark\ef@One
\RequirePackage[structure]{taborder}\else
\let\to@usepdfmark\ef@Zero
\RequirePackage{taborder}
\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</package>
%    \end{macrocode}
% When the \texttt{preview} option is used, draw a frame box
% around the \textit{inner} bounding rectangle.
%
% \paragraph*{Utility commands, boxes, dimension and token registers}
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*package>
\def\csarg#1#2{\expandafter#1\csname#2\endcsname}
\@ifundefined{eq@tmpbox}{\newsavebox{\eq@tmpbox}}{}
\@ifundefined{eq@tmpdima}{\newdimen\eq@tmpdima}{}
\@ifundefined{eq@tmpdimb}{\newdimen\eq@tmpdimb}{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Define new dimension of \cs{b@} which is assigned a value of 1bp.
% \changes{v2.3.6}{2020/10/10}{Defined new dimension \string\cs{b@} (1bp)}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newdimen\b@ \b@=1bp
\newlength\ef@dimena
\newtoks\ef@scratchtoks
%    \end{macrocode}
%    (2016/12/22) Added switches \cs{ifmakeXasPD} and \cs{ifmakePDasX}, if true, the form fields created
%    by \app{xetex} (\app{pdflatex/Distiller})
%    are adjusted in dimension to conform to the fields produced by \app{pdftex}/\app{Distiller} (\app{xetex}).
%    Four convenience commands are defined, \DescribeMacro{\makeXasPDOn}\cs{makeXasPDOn},
%    \DescribeMacro{\makeXasPDOff}\cs{makeXasPDOff}, \DescribeMacro{\makePDasXDOn}\cs{makePDasXDOn}, and
%    \DescribeMacro{\makePDasXDOff}\cs{makePDasXDOff} to set the switch to true and false, respectively.
%    \changes{v2.9d}{2016/12/22}{Added switches \string\cs{ifmakeXasPD} and \string\cs{ifmakePDasX}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newif\ifmakeXasPD \makeXasPDtrue
\newif\ifmakePDasX \makePDasXfalse
\def\makeXasPDOn{\makeXasPDtrue\makePDasXfalse}
\def\makeXasPDOff{\makeXasPDfalse}
\def\makePDasXOn{\makePDasXtrue\makeXasPDfalse}
\def\makePDasXOff{\makePDasXfalse}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \changes{v2.8a}{2015/06/06}{Added \string\cs{previewColor}}
% \DescribeMacro\previewColor sets the color of the preview bounding rectangle. The
% default is black. Used mostly by the \textsf{eqexam} package with the \texttt{online}
% option.
% \changes{v2.9o}{2017/10/10}{Removed \string\cs{previewColor} in favor of
% \string\cs{ckboxColor}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\providecommand\ckboxColor[1]{\def\@rgi{#1}\ifx\@rgi\@empty
  \let\ckbox@Color\relax\else
  \def\ckbox@Color{\color{#1}}\fi}\let\ckbox@Color\relax
%    \end{macrocode}
%   \leavevmode
%   \DescribeMacro\ef@Bbox\hskip-\marginparsep\texttt{\darg{\ameta{width}}\darg{\ameta{height}}}
%    places a rule of width
%    \DescribeMacro\efPreviewOnRule\cs{efPreviewOnRule}. When the specified
%    dimensions of the bounding rectangle is less than \texttt{2\cs{fboxrule}},
%    we \emph{do not} reduce the dimensions; otherwise, we reduce the width and height
%    by \texttt{2\cs{fboxrule}}, this is an attempt to have the preview dimensions
%    to correspond to the dimensions of the form field. Following this definition
%    \cs{ef@Bbox} is let to \cs{Bbox}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\efPreviewOnRule{0.4pt}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \leavevmode
%    \DescribeMacro\PMPV\hskip-\marginparsep\texttt{\darg{\ameta{text}}} provides \ameta{text}
%    as preview text for a field. Its argument is used to define  the text macro \cs{@PMPV}
%\changes{v2.11}{2019/05/24}{Define \string\cs{PMPV} to enhance preview}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\PMPV#1{\def\@rgi{#1}\ifx\@rgi\@empty
  \let\@PMPV\@empty\else\edef\@PMPV{\noexpand
  \hb@xt@\noexpand\z@{\hss#1\hss}}\fi}
\let\@PMPV\@empty
\let\pmpvFmt\@empty
\let\pmpvFmtCtrl\relax
%    \end{macrocode}
%    The preview bounding box, visible when \cs{previewOn} is expanded. Incorporated into the center
%    of the box is \cs{pmpvFmt\darg{\cs{@PMPV}}}. \cs{pmpvFmt} can be used to format its argument (\cs{@PMPV});
%    while \cs{@PMPV} is a text macro defined by \cs{PMPV} that displays, normally, nothing, or \cs{eq@V} or \cs{eq@CA}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\ef@Bbox#1#2{\hbox{\ifpreview
  \setlength\fboxrule{\efPreviewOnRule}\setlength\fboxsep{0pt}%
  \@tempdima=#1\relax
  \ifdim\@tempdima<2\fboxrule\else
    \advance\@tempdima by-2\fboxrule\fi
  \@tempdimb=#2\relax
  \ifdim\@tempdimb<2\fboxrule\else
    \advance\@tempdimb by-2\fboxrule\fi
  \ckbox@Color\fbox{\parbox[b][\@tempdimb][c]{\@tempdima}%
    {\vfil\hfil\pmpvFmtCtrl\pmpvFmt{\@PMPV}\hfil\vfil}}\else
  \parbox[b][#2][c]{#1}{\vfil\hfil\hfil\vfil}\fi}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%   The public version of \cs{ef@Bbox} is simply \DescribeMacro\Bbox\cs{Bbox}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\Bbox\ef@Bbox
%    \end{macrocode}
% The following two commands were created as a convenience to changing the definition of certain
% JavaScript actions. Use \cs{efsave} to save the original definition of the action, then redefine the action,
% the later, restore the JS action to its original definition.\par\medskip\noindent
% \DescribeMacro{\efsave}\hskip-\marginparsep\texttt{\meta{\cs{cmd1}}\cs{as}\meta{\cs{cmd2}}}
% \cs{let}s \meta{\cs{cmd2}} to \meta{\cs{cmd1}} (that is, saves \meta{\cs{cmd1}} `as' \meta{\cs{cmd2}}).
% Arguments may contain \texttt{@}.
% \changes{v2.3.1}{2019/10/14}{Define \string\cs{efsave} and \string\cs{efrestore}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\efsave{\bgroup\let\as\relax\makeatletter\efsavei}
\def\efsavei#1\as#2{\global\let#2#1\egroup}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \leavevmode\DescribeMacro{\efrestore}\hskip-\marginparsep\texttt{\meta{\cs{cmd1}}\cs{from}\meta{\cs{cmd2}}}
% \cs{let}s \meta{\cs{cmd1}} to \meta{\cs{cmd2}} (that is, restores \meta{\cs{cmd1}} `from' \meta{\cs{cmd2}}).
% Arguments may contain \texttt{@}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\efrestore{\bgroup\let\from\relax\makeatletter\efrestorei}
\def\efrestorei#1\from#2{\global\let#1#2\egroup}
%    \end{macrocode}
% For example, expanding |\efsave\x\as\y| (eg, |\let\y\x|), the definition of the macro |\y|
% has the same definition as |\x| does. Now |\x| is free to be redefined. Later in the document,
% we can say |\efrestore\x\from\y| (eg, |\let\x\y|). Now the
% definition of |\x| has its original definition (at the time when it was saved).
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</package>
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \section{\tops{\app}{}{Adobe} Forms Support}\label{formsSupport}
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*package>
%    \end{macrocode}
% Listed below are the various types of form objects available in PDF.
%\par\medskip\noindent
%\begin{minipage}{.67\linewidth}\raggedcolumns
%\begin{multicols}{2}
%\begin{itemize}
% \item \hyperref[button]{Button}
%   \begin{itemize}
%       \item \hyperref[pushbutton]{Push buttons}
%       \item \hyperref[checkbox]{Check boxes}
%       \item \hyperref[radiobutton]{Radio Buttons}
%   \end{itemize}
% \item \hyperref[textfield]{Text Fields}
% \item \hyperref[choice]{Choice Fields}
%   \begin{itemize}
%       \item \hyperref[listbox]{list box}
%       \item \hyperref[combobox]{combo box}
%   \end{itemize}
%\item \hyperref[sigfield]{Signature Fields}
%\end{itemize}
%\end{multicols}
%\end{minipage}
%
%\bigskip
%
%
% \subsection{Process Key-Value Pairs: Main Macro}\label{procArgs}
%
% The following macro, \cs{processAppArgs},  is  due in part to
% Dan Luecking. He proposed a very nice modification of my original
% macros.
%
% The macro \cs{processAppArgs} takes an \textit{even} number of arguments; it
% picks off two at a time, processes them, then picks off two more. The macro is meant to
% process the optional arguments of a form field.
%
% All legal arguments (see \nameref{eformvariables} for a detailed
% listing) are of the form \cs{\ameta{name}\darg{\ameta{arg}}}.
% The macro takes two tokens at a time and constructs a macro
% \cs{@eq\ameta{name}\darg{\ameta{arg}}}. Each of the macros \cs{@eq\ameta{name}} must be
% defined. Such a macro defines another macro as follows
% \cs{def\string\eq@\ameta{name}\darg{\ameta{arg}}}. For example if the user enters the token
% pair  |\TU{|\ameta{text}|}|, \cmd{\processAppArgs} will construct
% |\@eqTU|, with argument |{|\ameta{text}|}|, this macro will be
% executed, which expands to |\def\eq@TU{/TU(|\ameta{text}|)}| (a simplified definition).  The macro
% \cmd{\eq@TU} is then be used within the construction of the
% widget object.\medskip
%
% \noindent
% \DescribeMacro\proccessAppArgs\hskip-\marginparsep\texttt{\darg{\ameta{key}}\darg{\ameta{value}}}
% The macro takes pairs of key-values and constructs auxiliary macros, as described above.
% It also does an addition operation for \textsf{\textbf{F}} (\cs{F}) and \textsf{\textbf{Ff}} (\cs{Ff}) entries.
% Initially, it is called by |\processAppArgs|\texttt{\ameta{KV-pairs}}|\end\@nil|, \cs{end} being the detected
% end of the stream of key-values.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\ef@passedArgs\@empty
\def\processAppArgs#1#2{%
  \ifx\end#1% if #1=\end, #2=\@nil.
    \let\ef@next\relax
  \else
%    \end{macrocode}
% If a token has a value of \cs{@empty} then it has been protected. It is skipped
% and there is no user redefinition of that form field attribute allowed. Normally,
% this is done for \cs{A} and \cs{AA} to prevent overwriting critical functionality.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \ifx#1\@empty\def\ef@next{\processAppArgs}\else
%    \end{macrocode}
% This is the user interface to the new optional argument of links and forms. If
% the key is \cs{ui}, we pass its argument to |\setkeys{eforms}{#2}| to process
% the key values of \textsf{xkeyval} style. If one of the keys is \texttt{annotflags} or
% \texttt{fieldflags}, we pass those back to this stream to be analyzed the special cases
% that follow for |\F| and |\Ff|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
      \@getCmdName{\ui}\edef\arg@ui{\@CmdName}%
      \@getCmdName{#1}%
      \ifx\arg@ui\@CmdName
        \@ifundefined{@equi}{\PackageError{eforms}%
        {The user interface '\string\ui' is not defined!%
        \MessageBreak Use the useui option of eforms
        and try again}{I said, use the useui option of
        eforms and try again!}}{}%
        \def\ef@next{\setkeys{eforms}{#2}%
        \processAppArgs\presets{\ef@passedArgs}}%
      \else
%    \end{macrocode}
% If current key is |\Ff|, we add its value to the current value of |\Ff|.
% We basically are `or-ing' the new value with the old value in the bit field.
%    \begin{macrocode}
        \@getCmdName{\Ff}\edef\arg@Ff{\@CmdName}%
        \@getCmdName{#1}%
        \ifx\arg@Ff\@CmdName  % if \Ff, let's  add arguments
          \ifx\eq@Ff\@empty\def\eq@FfValue{0}\else
            \expandafter\getFfValue\eq@Ff\@nil\fi
          \@tempcnta=\eq@FfValue
          \def\eq@arg{#2}%
          \ifx\eq@arg\@empty\else
            \def\x{\FfRadiosInUnison}%
            \ifx\eq@arg\x\let\isRadiosInUnison\ef@YES
            \else\let\isRadiosInUnison\ef@NO\fi
          \advance\@tempcnta by#2\fi
          \edef\eq@Ff{/Ff \the\@tempcnta}%
          \def\ef@next{\processAppArgs}%
        \else
%    \end{macrocode}
% If current key is |\F|, we add its value to the current value of |\F|.
% We basically are `or-ing' the new value with the old value in the bit field.
%    \begin{macrocode}
          \@getCmdName{\F}\edef\arg@F{\@CmdName}%
          \@getCmdName{#1}%
          \ifx\arg@F\@CmdName  % if \F, let's  add arguments
            \ifx\eq@F\@empty\def\eq@FValue{0}\else
              \expandafter\getFValue\eq@F\@nil\fi
            \@tempcnta=\eq@FValue
            \def\eq@arg{#2}%
            \ifx\eq@arg\@empty\else
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Something included in for `enhanced previews' is we test if this field is hidden
%    (has a flag of 2 or 32), if yes we \cs{let} \DescribeMacro\ef@isHidden\cs{ef@isHidden} to \cs{ef@YES}, otherwise
%    it is \cs{let} to \cs{ef@NO}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
              \ifnum#2=2\relax
                \let\ef@isHidden\ef@YES\else
              \ifnum#2=32\relax
                \let\ef@isHidden\ef@YES\else
                \let\ef@isHidden\ef@NO
              \fi\fi
              \advance\@tempcnta by#2\fi
            \edef\eq@F{/F \the\@tempcnta}%
            \def\ef@next{\processAppArgs}%
          \else
%    \end{macrocode}
% If the key we are processing is \cs{presets}, then use \cs{expandafter} to
% expand its argument (it is assumed the argument is a macro), then put it back
% into the input stream.
%    \begin{macrocode}
            \@getCmdName{\presets}%
            \edef\arg@presets{\@CmdName}\@getCmdName{#1}%
            \ifx\arg@presets\@CmdName
              \def\ef@next{\expandafter\processAppArgs#2}%
            \else
%    \end{macrocode}
%      (2019/01/22) Here, we process the \cs{epresets} key. For \cs{epresets}, all
%      \pkg{eforms} keys should be protected, as we expand fully. This is useful when
%      the argument of \cs{presets} is a macro of the form \cs{csname}/\cs{endcsname}.
%      An ordinary \cs{presets} does not work, we must use \cs{epresets}:
%\begin{verbatim}
%   \csarg\def{fld1}#1{\protect\BG{#1}}
%   \textField[\epresets{\nameuse{fld1}{yellow}}]{mytxt}{2in}{13bp}
%\end{verbatim}
%In the above example we use \cs{nameuse} rather than \cs{@nameuse}, since in a recent
%version of \pkg{eforms}, we \cs{let} \cs{nameuse} to \cs{@nameuse}.
%We can also say,
%\begin{verbatim}
%   \protectedKeys{pKeys}{\BG{red}\BC{blue}}
%%  \nameuse is expanded within the argument below, where it is defined
%   \csarg\def{fld2}{\nameuse{pKeys}}
%   \pushButton[\CA{Push Me}\epresets{\nameuse{fld2}}]{pb1}{}{13bp}
%\end{verbatim}
%where \cs{protectedKeys} is used to protected each of the keys in its argument.
%    \begin{macrocode}
              \@getCmdName{\epresets}%
              \edef\arg@epresets{\@CmdName}\@getCmdName{#1}%
              \ifx\arg@epresets\@CmdName
                \def\ef@next{\let\protect\noexpand
                  \edef\x{#2}\set@typeset@protect\expandafter
                  \processAppArgs\x}%
              \else
%    \end{macrocode}
% This is the last, and the most frequent case. We process an ordinary key, one
% that is not |\presets|, |\epresets|, |\ui|, |\Ff| or |\F|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
                \csname @eq%
                \expandafter\@gobble\string#1\endcsname{#2}%
                \def\ef@next{\processAppArgs}%
              \fi
            \fi
          \fi
        \fi
      \fi
    \fi
  \fi
  \ef@next
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Process the field defaults and the `every' changes. Build up the required command
% in a token list, then execute.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@processEvery{\edef\eqtemp{}\toks@={}\@@processEvery}
\def\@@processEvery#1{\ifx#1\end
  \def\ef@next{\the\toks@}\else
  \edef\eqtemp{\the\toks@}%
  \toks@=\expandafter{\eqtemp\expandafter
    \processAppArgs#1\end\@nil}%
  \def\ef@next{\@@processEvery}\fi\ef@next
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newdimen\eqcenterWidget
%    \end{macrocode}
% This macro is used to vertically center text fields and buttons on a
% line. Seems to work well.
% \changes{v2.5h}{2012/11/17}{Introduce the \string\cs{inline} key designed for
% inline form fields.}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\centerWidget#1{%
  \ifeq@inlineCenter
%    \end{macrocode}
% Inline form field, do a better job at centering it.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \eqcenterWidget=#1\relax
    \eqcenterWidget=.5\eqcenterWidget
    \ifnum\eq@textSize=0\relax
    \dimen@=-\eq@textSizeDefault\b@\else
    \dimen@=-\eq@textSize\b@\fi
    \dimen@=0.9167\dimen@ % 11/12
    \dimen@=.5\dimen@
    \advance\dimen@\eq@W@value\b@
    \ifx\eq@S\@empty\else
      \def\eq@S@cmp{B}%
      \ifx\eq@S@value\eq@S@cmp
        \advance\dimen@ by \eq@W@value\b@
      \else
        \def\eq@S@cmp{I}%
        \ifx\eq@S@value\eq@S@cmp
          \advance\dimen@ by \eq@W@value\b@
        \else\advance\dimen@\b@
    \fi\fi\fi
    \advance\eqcenterWidget\dimen@
  \else
    \eqcenterWidget=#1\relax
    \eqcenterWidget=.5\eqcenterWidget
    \advance\eqcenterWidget-4\b@
  \fi
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macro}{\ef@optscale}
%    This macro supports the \texttt{width}, \texttt{height}, and \texttt{scale} option keys for forms.
%    We obey these three keys in the order listed above.
%    \changes{v2.3.5}{2020/09/15}{Added \string\cs{ef@optscale}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\ef@optscale{%
  \ifx\eq@width\@empty
    \ifx\eq@height\@empty
      \ifx\eq@scalefactor\@empty
      \else
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Re-scale using scale factor of \cs{eq@scale}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
        \@tempdima\eq@scalefactor\p@
        \ifdim\@tempdima<\z@\edef\eq@scalefactor{-\eq@scalefactor}\fi
        \setlength{\eflength}{\eq@rectH*\real{\eq@scalefactor}}%
        \edef\eq@rectH{\the\eflength}%
        \setlength{\eflength}{\eq@rectW*\real{\eq@scalefactor}}%
        \xdef\eq@rectW{\the\eflength}%
      \fi
    \else
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Re-scale according to height.
%    \begin{macrocode}
      \setlength{\eflength}{\eq@rectH}%
      \ifdim\eflength>\z@
        \setlength{\eflength}{\eq@height*\ratio{\eq@rectW}{\eq@rectH}}%
        \edef\eq@rectW{\the\eflength}\edef\eq@rectH{\eq@height}%
      \fi
    \fi
  \else
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Re-scale according to width.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \setlength{\eflength}{\eq@rectW}%
    \ifdim\eflength>\z@
      \setlength{\eflength}{\eq@width*\ratio{\eq@rectH}{\eq@rectW}}%
      \edef\eq@rectH{\the\eflength}\edef\eq@rectW{\eq@width}%
    \fi
  \fi
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
% \subsection{\textsf{eforms} key-values}\label{eformvariables}
%
% We maintain two key-value systems: (1) \pkg{eforms} key-values, (2) user-friendly
% key-value system. The latter requires the option \opt{useui}.
%
% \subsubsection{Key-Value Definitions}
%
% The following definitions are used in various field templates.
% Some convenience macros to help define the button attributes. The default
% values are defined within the button macros themselves. Use these macros
% within the optional argument of buttons and text fields to modify their
% appearance.
%
% You'll notice, for example, the macros listed are not actually defined. For example
% \cmd{\CA} is never defined, we define instead \cmd{\@eqCA} and \cmd{\eq@CA}.
% The macros \cmd{\processAppArgs} treats \cmd{\CA} as a token, and prefixes with
% \texttt{@eq} in a clever sort of way. It's done so that these macros cannot be used
% outside the optional macro arguments of the button and text field macros.
%
% \paragraph*{Entries common to all annotation dictionaries:}
% \texttt{F, BS, Border, AP, AS, T, A, AA}.
%
% \medskip\noindent\textsl{Annotation Flag Bit Field:} See \nameref{F} for values.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqF#1{\def\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
    \let\eq@F\@empty\else\def\eq@F{/F #1}\fi}\def\eq@F{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\BS}The \textbf{Border Style} key, \texttt{BS}: \texttt{W}, \texttt{S}, \texttt{D}  (dictionary, optional)
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqBS#1{%
  \let\eq@BS=0\relax
  \ifx\eq@W\@empty\else\let\eq@BS=1\fi
  \ifx\eq@S\@empty\else\let\eq@BS=1\fi
  \ifx\eq@D\@empty\else\let\eq@BS=1\fi
  \edef\link@BS{\if\eq@BS1/BS<<\eq@W\eq@S\eq@D>>\fi}%
  \ifx\eq@W\@empty\let\link@BS\@empty\fi
}\def\link@BS{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \noindent\DescribeMacro{\presets}\hskip-\marginparsep\texttt{\darg{\meta{\cs{cmd}}}}
% We define the \cs{presets} key. The argument of \key{presets} is a macro (\meta{\cs{cmd}}) consisting of key-value pairs.
% The macro \meta{\cs{cmd}} expanded by \cs{expandafter}
% and put back into the parsing stream.\par\medskip
% \changes{v1.0e}{2008/03/04}{%
%   Added a \string\cs{presets} key to make it easier to dynamically change options}
%
% \noindent \DescribeMacro{\epresets}\hskip-\marginparsep\texttt{\darg{\meta{\cs{cmd}}}} The \cs{epresets} key is used
% when the properties are to be expanded early. The command argument \meta{\cs{cmd}} is fully expanded within
% an \cs{edef}; as a result, the keys need to be protected, for example, |\epresets{\protect\BC{red}}|.
% The command \cs{protectedKeys} can be used to protect the keys to all the key-value pairs.
% \changes{v2.9.23}{2019/01/22}{Added \string\cs{epresets} key}\par\medskip
%
% \noindent Both \cs{presets} and \cs{epresets} are handled within the \cs{proccessAppArgs} macro;
% the definitions below actually do nothing and are never expanded.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqpresets#1{#1}
\def\@eqepresets#1{#1}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\W} The width of the boundary line.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqW#1{\def\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
  \let\eq@W\@empty\def\eq@W@value{0}\else
  \def\eq@W@value{#1}\def\eq@W{/W #1}\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
%    (2016/12/22) Add a global value for boundary width, used to adjust the spacing between form fields
%    \changes{v2.9d}{2016/12/22}{Add a global value for boundary width}
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \xdef\g@eq@W@value@bp{\eq@W@value\b@}}
\def\eq@W{}\def\eq@W@value{0}
\def\g@eq@W@valu@bp{0bp}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\S} Line style, values are \texttt{S} (solid), \texttt{D} (dashed),
%      \texttt{B} (beveled), \texttt{I} (inset), \texttt{U} (underlined)
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqS#1{\def\eq@S@value{#1}\ifx\eq@S@value\@empty
  \let\eq@S\@empty\else
  \def\eq@S{/S/#1}\def\eq@temp{D}%
  \ifx\eq@S@value\eq@temp
    \ifx\eq@D\@empty\def\eq@D{/D [3]}\fi
  \fi\fi}\def\eq@S{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\D} The dash array.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqD#1{\def\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
  \let\eq@D\@empty\else
  \def\eq@D{/D [#1]}\fi}\def\eq@D{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\Border} Used with \emph{link annotations}, an array of three numbers and an optional dash array.
%   If all three numbers are 0, no border is drawn
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqBorder#1{\def\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
    \let\eq@Border\@empty\else\def\eq@Border{/Border [#1]}\fi}%
\def\eq@Border{/Border [0 0 0]}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\AP} Appearance dictionary, used mostly with check boxes
%    to define the `On' value.
% \changes{v2.9.21}{2018/11/10}{Modified \string\cs{@eqAP}, added two internal
% commands \string\cs{eq@@On} and \string\cs{eq@@Off}}
% Within \cs{@eqAP}, \DescribeMacro\Off\cs{Off} and \DescribeMacro\On\cs{On} are
% \cs{let} to \cs{eq@@Off} and \cs{eq@On} to make
% it `easy' to assign on and off values in the case of icon appearances.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqAP#1{\def\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
  \let\eq@AP\@empty\else\let\Off\eq@@Off\let\On\eq@@On
  \ifx\annot@type\annot@type@button
    \let\N\eq@pb@N\else\let\N\eq@cbrb@N\fi
  \edef\eq@AP{/AP<<#1>>}\fi}\let\eq@AP\@empty
\def\eq@pb@N#1{/N \ifpdf #1 \space 0 R\else
  \ifxetex #1\else{#1}\fi\fi}
\def\eq@cbrb@N#1{/N <<#1>>}
\def\eq@@On#1#2{/#1 \ifpdf #2 \space 0 R\else
  \ifxetex #2\else{#2}\fi\fi}
\def\eq@@Off#1{/Off \ifpdf #1 \space 0 R\else
  \ifxetex #1\else{#1}\fi\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% In the \texttt{AP} dictionary for checkboxes is the `On' value.
% It is introduced into \texttt{AP} by passing a TeX parameter
% normally, this variable is not used.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \def\@eqOn#1{\def\eq@On{/#1}}\def\eq@On{/Yes}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\AS} Appearance state, normally used with check boxes and radio buttons when there are
%  more than one appearance. Advanced techniques only.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqAS#1{\def\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
    \let\eq@AS\@empty\else\ifpdfmarkup\def\eq@AS{/AS(#1) cvn }\else
    \def\eq@AS{/AS/#1}\fi\fi}\def\eq@AS{}
%\def\eq@setAS#1{\ifx\annot@type\annot@type@checkbox\@eqAS{#1}\else
%    \ifx\annot@type\annot@type@radio\@eqAS{#1}\fi\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \paragraph*{The A Dictionary.} In the \texttt{A} dictionary for actions.
%\changes{v2.5a}{2009/12/22}
%{%
% Added special commands for processing the optional argument
% for links. We search for keys words in order to set the
% correct link color. \string\cs{ef@preprocessA} was defined to
% execute these search routines, this is introduced
% for in \string\cs{@eqA} (for \string\cs{rPage}). For links and
% buttons, the command \string\cs{ef@preProcDefns} is also
% inserted.
%}
% Added special commands for processing the optional argument
% for links. We search for keys words in order to set the
% correct link color. \cs{ef@preprocessA} was defined to
% execute these search routines, this is introduced
% for in \cs{@eqA} (for \cs{rPage}). For links and
% buttons, the command \cs{ef@preProcDefns} is also
% inserted.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\ef@gobbleToendmarker#1\ef@endmarker{}
\let\ef@endmarker\relax
%    \end{macrocode}
% \textsf{eform} definitions of \texttt{true} and \texttt{false}, used in the search
% algorithm.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\ef@end{\end}\def\ef@true{true}
%    \end{macrocode}
% This is the internal definition of |rPage|, a command is used
% in the destination array and the \texttt{GoToR} action. When
% we jump to page number, the number must be zero-based, so we
% take the number provided by the author (1-based), descrement
% by one, and re-define |rPage|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\ef@rPage#1{\@tempcnta=#1\relax\advance\@tempcnta-1
    \edef\rPage##1{\the\@tempcnta}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% We search for |\rPage| in the argument of |\eq@A|, get the page
% number and decrement it.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\long\def\ef@searchrPage#1\rPage#2#3\@nil{\def\ef@argii{#2}%
  \ifx\ef@argii\ef@end\else\rPage{#2}\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% When the user specifies |\mlLink{true}| in the option list, we branch off to
% \cs{mlhypertext}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\ef@searchmlLink#1\mlLink#2#3\@nil{\def\ef@argii{#2}%
  \ifx\ef@argii\ef@end\let\ef@mlLink\ef@Zero\else
  \ifx\ef@argii\ef@true\let\ef@mlLink\ef@One\else
  \let\ef@mlLink\ef@Zero\fi\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Search for \texttt{/GoToR}, if found, change the link color to |\@filecolor|
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\ef@searchGoToR#1/GoToR#2\@nil{\def\ef@argii{#2}%
  \ifx\ef@argii\ef@end\else\ifx\ef@linktxtcolor@set0%
  \def\ef@thislinkcolor{\@filecolor}\fi
  \expandafter\ef@gobbleToendmarker\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Search for \texttt{/URI}, if found, change the link color to |\@urlcolor|
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\ef@searchURI#1/URI#2\@nil{\def\ef@argii{#2}%
  \ifx\ef@argii\ef@end\else\ifx\ef@linktxtcolor@set0%
  \def\ef@thislinkcolor{\@urlcolor}\fi
  \expandafter\ef@gobbleToendmarker\fi}
\def\ef@searchCmdURI#1\URI#2\@nil{\def\ef@argii{#2}%
  \ifx\ef@argii\ef@end\else\ifx\ef@linktxtcolor@set0%
  \def\ef@thislinkcolor{\@urlcolor}\fi
  \expandafter\ef@gobbleToendmarker\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Search for \texttt{/Named}, if found, change the link color to |\@menucolor|
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\ef@searchNamed#1/Named#2\@nil{\def\ef@argii{#2}%
  \ifx\ef@argii\ef@end\else\ifx\ef@linktxtcolor@set0%
  \def\ef@thislinkcolor{\@menucolor}\fi
  \expandafter\ef@gobbleToendmarker\fi}
\def\ef@searchCmdNamed#1\Named#2\@nil{\def\ef@argii{#2}%
  \ifx\ef@argii\ef@end\else\ifx\ef@linktxtcolor@set0%
  \def\ef@thislinkcolor{\@menucolor}\fi
  \expandafter\ef@gobbleToendmarker\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Search for \texttt{/Launch}, if found, change the link color to |\@runcolor|
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\ef@searchLaunch#1/Launch#2\@nil{\def\ef@argii{#2}%
  \ifx\ef@argii\ef@end\else\ifx\ef@linktxtcolor@set0%
  \def\ef@thislinkcolor{\@runcolor}\fi
  \expandafter\ef@gobbleToendmarker\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Executed by |\eq@A|, which calls the search routines defined above, at least
% in the case of links. It also searches for |\rPage|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\ef@preprocessA#1{%
  \let\rPage\relax\edef\ef@argi{#1}%
  \ifx\annot@type\annot@type@link
  \expandafter\ef@searchGoToR\ef@argi/GoToR\end\@nil
  \expandafter\ef@searchURI\ef@argi/URI\end\@nil
  \expandafter\ef@searchCmdURI\ef@argi\URI\end\@nil
  \expandafter\ef@searchNamed\ef@argi/Named\end\@nil
  \expandafter\ef@searchCmdNamed\ef@argi\Named\end\@nil
  \expandafter\ef@searchLaunch\ef@argi/Launch\end\@nil
  \ef@endmarker\fi
  \let\rPage\ef@rPage
  \expandafter\ef@searchrPage\ef@argi\rPage\end\@nil
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\A} This is the \emph{action dictionary} (used by links and forms). If the argument
% is empty, we do nothing, otherwise, we call |\ef@preprocessA|, then define
% the \texttt{/A <<...>>} dictionary.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqA#1{\def\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
  \let\eq@A\@empty\else\ef@preprocessA{#1}%
  \def\eq@A{/A <<#1>>}\fi}\def\eq@A{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\mlLink} This is a key for the \cs{setLink} command. If
% we say \verb!\mlLink{true}! in the \cs{setLink} option list, we use
% \cs{mlhypertext} from \texttt{aeb\_mlink}, if that package is loaded.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqmlLink#1{\def\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\ef@true
  \let\ef@mlLink\ef@One\else\let\ef@mlLink\ef@Zero\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\Lock} The \cs{Lock} key is used with signature fields.
% We allow the document author to either use raw PDF markup, or the simplified
% \pkg{eforms} key-value or UF key-values. To do this, we determine if
% \texttt{/Action} appears somewhere in the argument, if yes, then it is raw;
% otherwise, it is key-value markup.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\ef@searchAction#1/Action#2\@nil{\def
  \ef@argii{#2}\ifx\ef@argii\ef@end\let\ef@Action\ef@One\else
  \let\ef@Action\ef@Zero\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    The definition of \cs{@eqLock}, we determine if raw or KV-Pairs.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqLock#1{\def\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
  \let\eq@Lock\@empty\else\def\lckArgs{#1}%
  \ef@searchAction#1/Action\end\@nil
  \ifx\ef@Action\ef@One\def\ef@next{\let\Action\lckAction#1}\else
    \let\ef@next\relax\fi\ef@next
  \def\eq@Lock{/Lock <<\lckArgs>>}\fi}
\let\eq@Lock\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
%Various examples using \emph{raw PDF markup} follow:
%\begin{Verbatim}[xleftmargin=\parindent,fontsize=\small,
%commandchars={!~@},codes={\catcode`\%=9}]
%\Lock{/Action/All}     !% !textsf~all fields in the doc@
%\Lock{/Action/Include  !% !textsf~include all fields listed in Fields@
%      /Fields [(field1)(field2)...]}
%\Lock{/Action/Exclude  !% !textsf~exclude all fields listed in Fields@
%      /Fields [(field1)(field2)...]}
%\end{Verbatim}
%    A simplified syntax for the arguments of \cs{Lock}; sample
%    syntax for the same three examples above are,
%\changes{v2.3.6}{2020/10/10}{Addition support for the \string\cs{Lock} key}
%\begin{Verbatim}[xleftmargin=\parindent,fontsize=\small,
%commandchars={!~@},codes={\catcode`\%=9}]
%\Lock{\Action\All}
%\Lock{\Action\IncludeFields{field1,field2,...}}
%\Lock{\Action\ExcludeFields{field1,field2,...}}
%\end{Verbatim}
%The code for the simplified markup for the \cs{Lock} key.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\lckAll{\All}
\def\lckIncludeFields{\IncludeFields}
\def\lckExcludeFields{\ExcludeFields}
\def\lckActionTst#1{\let\X\ef@Yes#1}%
\def\lckAction#1{\def\@rgi{#1}\ifx\@rgi\lckAll
  \def\lckArgs{/Action/All}\let\ef@next\relax\else
  \ifx\@rgi\lckIncludeFields
    \def\ef@next{\lckGetFieldsFor{Include}}\else
    \ifx\@rgi\lckExcludeFields
      \def\ef@next{\lckGetFieldsFor{Exclude}}\else
      \PackageWarning{eforms}%
        {The argument of the \string\Lock key\MessageBreak
        is not correctly expressed. Review the documentation}%
    \fi
  \fi
\fi\ef@next
}
\def\lckGetFieldsFor#1#2{\@temptokena={}\@for\@fld:={#2}\do
  {\edef\@etmp{\the\@temptokena(\@fld)}%
    \@temptokena=\expandafter{\@etmp}%
  }\edef\lckArgs{/Action/#1/Fields[\the\@temptokena]}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Another option that is included in the Signed tab is titled ``This script executes
% when field is signed.''
% This is an option that, through the user interface, is mutually exclusive from
% locking fields. This option appears to be implemented through the format event.
% For example,
%\begin{Verbatim}[xleftmargin=\parindent,fontsize=\small,
%codes={\catcode`\%=9}]
%\AAformat={app.alert("Thank you for signing this field.");}
%\end{Verbatim}
%\paragraph*{Additional Actions.}
% \cs{ef@searchCalc} searches for the \cs{AACalculate} token. If, for some reason,
% \cs{AACalculate} is within a pair of braces, this search will not find it,
% so don't group \cs{AACalculate} within braces, there is no reason to do so
% anyway. If we find \cs{AACalculate}, we set \cs{isCalculate} to \texttt{true}, which is normally
% \texttt{false}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newif\ifisCalculate\isCalculatefalse
\def\ef@searchCalc#1\AACalculate#2\@nil{%
  \ifx#2\end\else\aftergroup\isCalculatetrue\fi
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\AA} (02/06/09) The argument of \cs{@eqAA} is nonempty, we search for the token \cs{AACalculate}
% if found, we set \cs{ifisCalculate} to \texttt{true}. When the document author
% uses the \cs{ui}, the key \cs{AA} is not used, so this change does not affect
% this option. The user interface populates \cs{eq@AA} with a series of commands
% that are either empty or expand to the correct code.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqAA#1{\def\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty\let\eq@AA\@empty
  \else\begingroup\ef@searchCalc#1\AACalculate\end\@nil\endgroup
  \def\eq@AA{/AA <<#1>>}\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Begin some additional action definitions for the user interface option
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@AA{/AA <<\eq@AAmouseup\eq@AAmousedown\eq@AAmouseenter%
  \eq@AAmouseexit\eq@AAonfocus\eq@AAonblur\eq@AAformat%
  \eq@AAkeystroke\eq@AAvalidate\eq@AAcalculate\eq@AApageopen%
  \eq@AApageclose\eq@AApagevisible\eq@AApageinvisible>>}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macro}{AAmouseup}
%    \begin{macro}{AAmousedown}
%    \begin{macro}{AAmouseenter}
%    \begin{macro}{AAmouseexit}
%    \begin{macro}{AAonfocus}
%    \begin{macro}{AAonblur}
% These keys are generated internally and put into the parsing stream when
% the uses specifies actions using the user interface (|\ui|).
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqAAmouseup#1{\def\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
  \let\eq@AAmouseup\@empty\else\def\eq@AAmouseup{/U<<\JS{#1}>>}\fi}
\let\eq@AAmouseup\@empty
\def\@eqAAmousedown#1{\def\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
  \let\eq@AAmousedown\@empty\else
  \def\eq@AAmousedown{/D<<\JS{#1}>>}\fi}
\let\eq@AAmousedown\@empty
\def\@eqAAmouseenter#1{\def\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
  \let\eq@AAmouseenter\@empty\else
  \def\eq@AAmouseenter{/E<<\JS{#1}>>}\fi}
\let\eq@AAmouseenter\@empty
\def\@eqAAmouseexit#1{\def\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
  \let\eq@AAmouseexit\@empty\else
  \def\eq@AAmouseexit{/X<<\JS{#1}>>}\fi}
\let\eq@AAmouseexit\@empty
\def\@eqAAonfocus#1{\def\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
  \let\eq@AAonfocus\@empty\else
  \def\eq@AAonfocus{/Fo<<\JS{#1}>>}\fi}
\def\@eqAAmousefocus{\@eqAAonfocus}
\let\eq@AAonfocus\@empty
\def\@eqAAonblur#1{\def\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
  \let\eq@AAonblur\@empty\else
  \def\eq@AAonblur{/Bl<<\JS{#1}>>}\fi}
\def\@eqAAmouseblur{\def\@eqAAonblur}
\let\eq@AAonblur\@empty
\def\@eqAAformat#1{\def\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
  \let\eq@AAformat\@empty\else
  \def\eq@AAformat{/F<<\JS{#1}>>}\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macro}{AAformat}
%    \begin{macro}{AAkeystroke}
%    \begin{macro}{AAvalidate}
%    \begin{macro}{AAcalculate}
% Formatting, keystroke, validate, calculate tabs.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\eq@AAformat\@empty
\def\@eqAAkeystroke#1{\def\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
  \let\eq@AAkeystroke\@empty\else
  \def\eq@AAkeystroke{/K<<\JS{#1}>>}\fi}
\let\eq@AAkeystroke\@empty
\def\@eqAAvalidate#1{\def\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
  \let\eq@AAvalidate\@empty\else
  \def\eq@AAvalidate{/V<<\JS{#1}>>}\fi}
\let\eq@AAvalidate\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
%Additional calculate code, used to add on prior to the user's code
%\changes{v2.9.23}{2019/01/22}{Added \string\cs{AddAAcalculate}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqAddAAcalculate#1{\def\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
  \else\def\eq@AAcalculate{;}\fi\def\eq@AddAAcalculate{#1}}
\let\eq@AddAAcalculate\@empty
\def\@eqAAcalculate#1{\def\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
  \let\eq@AAcalculate\@empty\else\isCalculatetrue
  \ifx\eq@AAcalculate\ef@semicolon
    \def\eq@AAcalculate{/C<<\JS{\eq@AddAAcalculate}>>}\else
    \def\eq@AAcalculate{/C<<\JS{\eq@AddAAcalculate#1}>>}\fi\fi
}
\let\eq@AAcalculate\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macro}{AApageopen}
%    \begin{macro}{AApageclose}
%    \begin{macro}{AApagevisible}
%    \begin{macro}{AApageinvisible}
% Page related additional actions.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqAApageopen#1{\def\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
  \let\eq@AApageopen\@empty\else
  \def\eq@AApageopen{/PO<<\JS{#1}>>}\fi}
\let\eq@AApageopen\@empty
\def\@eqAApageclose#1{\def\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
  \let\eq@AApageclose\@empty\else
  \def\eq@AApageclose{/PC<<\JS{#1}>>}\fi}
\let\eq@AApageclose\@empty
\def\@eqAApagevisible#1{\def\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
  \let\eq@AApagevisible\@empty\else
  \def\eq@AApagevisible{/PV<<\JS{#1}>>}\fi}
\let\eq@AApagevisible\@empty
\def\@eqAApageinvisible#1{\def\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
  \let\eq@AApageinvisible\@empty\else
  \def\eq@AApageinvisible{/PI<<\JS{#1}>>}\fi}
\let\eq@AApageinvisible\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%
% This ends the definitions use by the user interface option for additional actions.
%
% \paragraph*{Additional entries common to fields containing variable text:} \texttt{DR, DA, Q,
% DS, RV}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\DA} Default appearance (required)
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqDA#1{\def\eq@DA{#1}}
\def\eq@DA{\eq@textFont\space\eq@textSize\space Tf \eq@textColor}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\textFont} PDF form font. This is a simple assignment; we define
% \DescribeMacro{\textFontDefault}\cs{textFontDefault} to conveniently change the default font over
% all form fields, with the exception of checkboxes and radio button fields. The default
% is \uif{Helv}.
% \changes{v2.4.1}{2020/12/14}{Defined \string\cs{eqtextFontDefault}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqtextFont#1{\def\eq@textFont{/#1}}
\def\textFontDefault#1{\def\eq@textFontDefault{#1}
  \def\eq@textFont{/#1}}
\textFontDefault{Helv}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\textSize} PDF form text size. This is a simple assignment; we define
% \DescribeMacro{\textSizeDefault}\cs{textSizeDefault} to conveniently change the default font size for all
% form fields, including checkboxes and radio buttons. The default is 9 (points).
% \changes{v2.4.1}{2020/12/14}{Defined \string\cs{eqtextSizeDefault}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqtextSize#1{\def\eq@textSize{#1}}
\def\textSizeDefault#1{\def\eq@textSizeDefault{#1}
  \def\eq@textSize{#1}}
\textSizeDefault{9}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\RV} Rich text value
%\changes{v2.5l}{2011/01/28}{%
%   Wrap the \cs{RV} key in an XHTML \string\texttt{{\string\ltag}body\string\rtag} element, part of adding
%   better support for rich text strings for form fields.
%}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@RV@Body{<?xml version="1.0"?><body %
  xfa:APIVersion="Acroform:2.7.0.0" %
  xfa:contentType="text/html" %
  xfa:spec="2.1" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" %
  xmlns:xfa="http://www.xfa.org/schema/xfa-data/1.0/">}
\def\eq@RV@endBody{</body>}
\def\@eqRV#1{\def\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
  \let\eq@RV\@empty\else\def\eq@RV{/RV(\eq@RV@Body#1%
  \eq@RV@endBody)\fi}}\def\eq@RV{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\DS} Rich text default style
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqDS#1{\def\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
  \let\eq@DS\@empty\else\def\eq@DS{/DS(#1)\fi}}\def\eq@DS{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\textColor} Text color
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqtextColor#1{\ef@parsePDFColor{#1}%
  \HyColor@IfXcolor{%
      \expandafter\HyColor@FieldColor%
      \expandafter{\ef@colorSpec@out}{\eq@textColor}{}{}%
  }{\edef\eq@textColor{\ef@colorSpec@out}}%
}
\def\eq@textColor{0 g}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\Q} Quadding for text fields: \texttt{Q=0} left-justified, \texttt{Q=1} centered
%   \texttt{Q=2} right-justified.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqQ#1{\def\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
  \let\eq@Q\@empty\else\def\eq@Q{/Q #1}\fi}\def\eq@Q{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \paragraph*{Entries common to all fields:} \texttt{TU, Ff, V, DV, A, AA}
% \par\medskip\noindent
% \DescribeMacro{\DV}  The DV key sets the value of the field when the form field is reset.
% When the unicode option is taken (\cs{ifHy@unicode is \texttt{true}},
% we pass the argument through \cs{pdfstringdef} to get the octal encoding,
% which is the method hyperref uses.
% \changes{v2.7}{2014/07/08}{Removed the use of \string\cs{ifHy@unicode}, now pass all PDF text strings
% through \cs{pdfstringdef}.}
% \changes{v2.8a}{2015/07/12}{Added \string\cs{ef@isunicode} to automatically detect
% unicode}
% (2015/07/12) Added \cs{ef@isunicode} to automatically detect
% unicode. When the first token of the argument of \cs{@eqDV}
% and \cs{@eqV} is \cs{unicodeStr}, we bifurcate to \cs{@equDV}
% and \cs{@equV}, respectively.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\ef@isunicode#1\unicodeStr#2\@nil{\def\argi{#1}%
  \ifx\argi\@empty\def\ifbool@ef{iftrue}\else
  \def\ifbool@ef{iffalse}\fi}
\def\@eqDV#1{\ef@isunicode#1\unicodeStr\@nil
  \expandafter\csname\ifbool@ef\endcsname\@equDV{#1}\else
  \def\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
  \let\eq@DV\@empty\else
  \ef@pdfCRLFTABDefns\pdfstringdef\ef@uni@temp{#1}%
  \edef\eq@DV{/DV(\ef@uni@temp)}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%   Google Chrome uses the \textsf{\textbf{DV}} entry to display as the initial value
%   of the combo box (only), the code below \cs{let}s \cs{eq@DV} to \cs{@empty} in enhanced
%   preview mode, for combo boxes only.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \makespecialJS\fi\fi}\def\eq@DV{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\nuDV} \cs{@eqnuDV} is the old definition of DV. This version does not
% use hyperref's unicode option. This version comes in handy
% in the acroflex package, where it is undesirable to unicode
% the default (and initial values).
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\ef@pdfCRLFTABDefns{%
  \def\r{\textCR}\def\t{\textHT}\def\n{\textLF}}
\def\@eqnuDV#1{\def\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
  \let\eq@DV\@empty\else\def\eq@DV{/DV(#1)}\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\uDV} Unicoded DV, used in \textsf{acroflex.dtx}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@equDV#1{\def\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
  \let\eq@DV\@empty\else\def\eq@DV{/DV<#1>}\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\V} |\V| is the field value (optional). Beginning with 2019/05/24,
% the preview is enhanced to show the value in PDF previewers such as \app{sumatraPDF};
% when \cs{pmpvOn} is expanded, the value of the field is typeset into the document.
% \cs{eq@Vpv} shall hold the enhanced preview value for \cs{V}.
% \changes{v2.11}{2019/05/24}{Modified \string\cs{@eqV} to enhance preview}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\pmpvV\@empty
\let\eq@VSAVE\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
% Finer control over enhanced preview: for the \cs{V} entry, we can turn the enhanced
% preview on with \DescribeMacro\pmpvVOn\cmd{\pmpvVOn} and off again with
% \DescribeMacro\pmpvVOff\cmd\pmpvVOff.
% \changes{v2.12}{2019/06/07}{Added finer control: \string\cs{pmpvVOff} and
% \string\cs{pmpvVOn}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\ef@Vpv\ef@YES
\def\pmpvVOff{\let\ef@Vpv\ef@NO\let\pmpvFmtCtrl\@gobble}
\def\pmpvVOn{\let\ef@Vpv\ef@YES\let\pmpvFmtCtrl\relax}
\def\noexpand@iii{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand}
\def\@eqV#1{\Hy@pdfstringfalse
%    \end{macrocode}
%    We define \DescribeMacro\pmpvV\cmd{\pmpvV} to hold the preview value of the field.
%    \changes{v2.3}{2019/06/14}{Special definition of \string\cs{protect} to suppress
%    expansion within first argument of \string\cs{tops} within \string\cs{@eqV}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \let\x\protect
  \let\protect\noexpand@iii
  \edef\pmpvV{#1}\let\protect\x
%    \end{macrocode}
%    There is a problem with detecting unicode, if the author wants to use unicode,
%    he should use \cs{unicodeStr}, which we try to detect, but we not allow
%    the use of \cs{tops} (\cs{texorpdfstring}), so we must first remove the
%    tex string, if there is one. We save the definition of \cs{unicodeStr}
%    then let it to \cs{relax} to prevent its expansion. \cs{x} holds the
%    pdf string part of the argument of \cs{texorpdfstring}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \let\unicodeStrSAVE\unicodeStr
  \Hy@pdfstringtrue\let\unicodeStr\relax
  \edef\x{#1}\let\unicodeStr\unicodeStrSAVE
  \expandafter\ef@isunicode\x\unicodeStr\@nil
  \expandafter\csname\ifbool@ef\endcsname\Hy@pdfstringtrue
%    \end{macrocode}
%     At this point, we have a unicode string. As a design decision, if
%     \cs{ifefpmpv} is true, the value of the fields will be empty,
%     otherwise, it is what the value of \cs{V} key.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \ifefpmpv\def\x{FEFF}\let\eq@V\@empty\else\edef\x{#1}\fi
    \@equV{\x}%
  \else
    \def\eq@arg{#1}%
    \ifx\eq@arg\@empty
      \let\eq@V\@empty
    \else
      \Hy@pdfstringtrue
      \ef@pdfCRLFTABDefns\pdfstringdef\ef@uni@temp{#1}%
      \Hy@pdfstringtrue\edef\eq@V{/V(\ef@uni@temp)}%
      \let\eq@VSAVE\eq@V
      \ifefpmpv\let\eq@V\@empty\fi
      \makespecialJS
    \fi
  \fi
}\def\eq@V{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\nuV} No Unicode V
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqnuV#1{\def\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
    \let\eq@V\@empty\else\def\eq@V{/V(#1)}\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\uV} Unicode version of V
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@equV#1{\def\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
    \let\eq@V\@empty\else\edef\eq@V{/V<#1>}\fi}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\TU} Tool tip (optional, PDF 1.3)
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqTU#1{\ef@isunicode#1\unicodeStr\@nil
  \expandafter\csname\ifbool@ef\endcsname\@equTU{#1}\else
  \def\eq@arg{#1}\let\r@save\r\let\r\textCR
  \ifx\eq@arg\@empty\let\eq@TU\@empty\else
  \ef@pdfCRLFTABDefns\pdfstringdef\ef@uni@temp{#1}%
  \edef\eq@TU{/TU(\ef@uni@temp)}\makespecialJS\fi\fi
  \let\r\r@save}\def\eq@TU{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\uTU} Tool tip (optional, PDF 1.3), unicode version
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@equTU#1{\def\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
  \let\eq@TU\@empty\else\def\eq@TU{/TU<#1>}\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\Ff} The Field flags bit field, these values are listed below.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqFf#1{\def\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
  \let\eq@Ff\@empty\else\def\eq@Ff{/Ff #1}\fi}
\def\eq@Ff{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \goodbreak
% \paragraph*{Keys specific to text fields:} The following keys are specific to
% text fields.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\MaxLen} text fields only. Restricts number of characters
% input. Required if a comb field.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqMaxLen#1{\def\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
  \let\eq@MaxLen\@empty\else\def\eq@MaxLen{/MaxLen #1}\fi}%
  \def\eq@MaxLen{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\H} Highlight, used in button fields and link annotation. Possible values
% are None, Push, Outline, Invert (respectively, |\H{N}|, |\H{P}|,
% |\H{O}|, |\H{I}|)
% The default highlighting is invert (\texttt{I}).
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqH#1{\def\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
  \let\eq@H\@empty\else\def\eq@H{/H/#1}\fi}\def\eq@H{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \paragraph*{Appearance characteristics dictionary:}
% \texttt{MK\,=\,R,\,BC,\,BG,\,CA,\,RC,\,AC,\,I,\,RI,\allowbreak\,IX,\,IF,^^A
% \,TP}
%    \begin{macrocode}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\MK} A dictionary containing other keys
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqMK#1{\def\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
  \let\eq@MK\@empty\else\def\eq@MK{/MK << #1 >> }\fi}%
\def\eq@MK{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\R} Rotation of field, values 0, 90, 180, 270.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\@vertRotate=0
\def\@eqR#1{\def\eq@R@value{#1}\ifx\eq@R@value\@empty
  \let\eq@R\@empty\else
%    \end{macrocode}
% Determine if we are rotating 90 or 270, if so, set the weak switch
% \cs{@vertRotate} to~1
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \@tempcnta=\eq@R@value\relax
  \ifnum\@tempcnta<0 \@tempcnta=-\@tempcnta\fi
  \ifnum\@tempcnta=0 \else\ifnum\@tempcnta=180 \else
    \let\@vertRotate\ef@One\fi\fi
  \def\eq@R{/R #1}\fi}
\def\eq@R{}
%    \end{macrocode}
%   \DescribeMacro{\BC} Boundary color
% \changes{v2.5j}{2011/01/18 }{%
%    Changed \string\cs{def}\string\cs{eq@arg} to \string\cs{edef}\string\cs{eq@arg} in the definition of
%    \string\cs{@eqBC} and \string\cs{@eqBG}. When the argument is a macro that is empty,
%    we can exceed {\string\TeX} capacity.
%}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqBC#1{\edef\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
  \let\eq@BC\@empty\else
  \expandafter\ef@isitnamed\eq@arg\ef@nil
  \ifx\ef@latex@color\ef@y\expandafter
    \HyColor@XZeroOneThreeFour\expandafter{\eq@arg}{\eq@BC}{}{}%
    \edef\eq@BC{/BC [\eq@BC]}\else
    \def\eq@BC{/BC [#1]}\fi
  \fi
}\def\eq@BC{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\BG} Background color
% \changes{v2.11}{2019/05/24}{Added test for transparency for \string\cs{BG}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqBG#1{\edef\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
    \let\eq@BG\@empty\let\ef@isBGtransparent\ef@YES
  \else\let\ef@isBGtransparent\ef@NO
    \expandafter\ef@isitnamed\eq@arg\ef@nil
    \ifx\ef@latex@color\ef@y\expandafter
      \HyColor@XZeroOneThreeFour\expandafter{\eq@arg}{\eq@BG}{}{}%
      \edef\eq@BG{/BG [\eq@BG]}\else
      \def\eq@BG{/BG [#1]}\fi
  \fi
}\def\eq@BG{}
\let\pmpvCA\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\CA} normal appearance text. Beginning with 2019/05/24 we have
% enhanced preview, described above in the definition of \cs{@eqV}.
% \changes{v2.11}{2019/05/24}{Modified \string\cs{@eqCA} to enhance preview}
%    \begin{macrocode}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Finer control over enhanced preview: for the \cs{CA} entry, we can turn the enhanced
% preview on with \DescribeMacro\pmpvCAOn\cmd{\pmpvCAOn} and off again with
% \DescribeMacro\pmpvCAOff\cmd\pmpvCAOff.
% \changes{v2.12}{2019/06/07}{Added finer control: \string\cs{pmpvCAOff} and
% \string\cs{pmpvCAOn}}
% \changes{v2.3}{2019/06/14}{Special definition of \string\cs{protect} to suppress
% expansion within first argument of \string\cs{tops} within \string\cs{@eqCA}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\ef@CApv\ef@YES
\def\pmpvCAOff{\let\ef@CApv\ef@NO\let\pmpvFmtCtrl\@gobble}
\def\pmpvCAOn{\let\ef@CApv\ef@YES\let\pmpvFmtCtrl\relax}
\def\@eqCA#1{\let\unicodeStrSAVE\unicodeStr
  \Hy@pdfstringtrue\let\unicodeStr\relax
  \edef\x{#1}\let\unicodeStr\unicodeStrSAVE
  \expandafter\ef@isunicode\x\unicodeStr\@nil
  \expandafter\csname\ifbool@ef\endcsname\@equCA{#1}\else
    \def\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
    \let\eq@CA\@empty\let\ef@kvCA\@empty
    \else\ef@pdfCRLFTABDefns
      \pdfstringdef\ef@uni@temp{#1}\Hy@pdfstringfalse
%    \end{macrocode}
% We define \DescribeMacro\pmpvCA\cs{pmpvCA} as a local macro to hold
% the caption. It should be something that can be typeset, if not use
% \cs{tops} to offer an alternative.
%    \begin{macrocode}
      \let\x\protect\let\protect\noexpand@iii
      \edef\pmpvCA{#1}\def\eq@CA{#1}\let\protect\x
      \edef\ef@kvCA{/CA(\ef@uni@temp)}%
      \makespecialJS
    \fi
  \fi
}\def\eq@CA{}\def\ef@kvCA{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\uCA} normal appearance text, unicode version
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@equCA#1{\def\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
  \let\eq@CA\@empty\let\ef@kvCA\@empty
  \else\def\eq@CA{#1}\def\ef@kvCA{/CA<#1>}\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\RC} Roll over text
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqRC#1{\ef@isunicode#1\unicodeStr\@nil
  \expandafter\csname\ifbool@ef\endcsname\@equRC{#1}\else
    \def\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
      \let\eq@RC\@empty\let\ef@kvRC\@empty
    \else
      \ef@pdfCRLFTABDefns\pdfstringdef\ef@uni@temp{#1}%
      \def\eq@RC{#1}\edef\ef@kvRC{/RC(\ef@uni@temp)}%
      \makespecialJS
    \fi
  \fi
}\def\eq@RC{}\def\ef@kvRC{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\uRC} Roll over text, unicode version
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@equRC#1{\def\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
  \let\eq@RC\@empty\let\ef@kvRC\@empty
  \else\def\eq@RC{#1}\def\ef@kvRC{/RC<#1>}\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\AC} Push text
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqAC#1{\ef@isunicode#1\unicodeStr\@nil
  \expandafter\csname\ifbool@ef\endcsname\@equAC{#1}\else
    \def\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
      \let\eq@AC\@empty\let\ef@kvAC\@empty
    \else\ef@pdfCRLFTABDefns
      \pdfstringdef\ef@uni@temp{#1}%
      \def\eq@AC{#1}\edef\ef@kvAC{/AC(\ef@uni@temp)}%
      \makespecialJS
    \fi
  \fi
}\def\eq@AC{}\def\ef@kvAC{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\uAC} Push text, unicode version
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@equAC#1{\def\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
  \let\eq@AC\@empty\let\ef@kvAC\@empty
  \else\def\eq@AC{#1}\def\ef@kvAC{/AC<#1>}\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Other keys of \texttt{MK} include: \texttt{I}, \texttt{RI}, \texttt{IX}, \texttt{IF} and \texttt{TP}
% If I haven't covered everything, use this macro to insert
% material into \texttt{MK}\par\medskip\noindent
% (02/07/09) We begin support for the \texttt{MK} dictionary for a push
% button with an icon appearance, the entries in the \texttt{MK} dictionary that
% effect an icon of the push button has this form:
%\begin{verbatim}
% \ifx\eq@AP\@empty
%   /MK <<\eq@R\eq@BC\eq@BG%
%     \ef@kvCA\ef@kvRC\ef@kvAC\eq@IconMK\eq@mkIns>>
% \else
%   \eq@AP
% \fi
%\end{verbatim}
% The \cs{eq@IconMK} macro inserts the appropriate code for an icon appearance.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \cs{eq@define@IconMK} defines the elements of the \texttt{MK} dictionary,
% used only if there is an icon appearance. The default definition of
% \cs{eq@IconMK} is empty.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@define@IconMK{\def\eq@IconMK{\eq@I\eq@RI\eq@IX\eq@TP
  /IF<<\eq@SW\eq@ST\eq@PA\eq@FB>>}}
\let\eq@IconMK\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\I} an indirect reference to a form XObject defining the
% buttons's \emph{normal icon}
% \changes{v2.9}{2016/05/09}{Modified \string\cs{I}, \string\cs{RI}, and
% \string\cs{IX} to accommodate pdftex for null argument.}
% \changes{v2.9.21}{2018/11/10}{Modified \string\cs{@eqI}, \string\cs{@eqRI},
% and \string\cs{@eqIX} in the case of pdftex}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@relRef@null#1{0 0 R}
\ifluatex\def\eq@relRef#1{#1 \space 0 R}\else
  \ifpdf\def\eq@relRef#1{#1\space 0 R}\else
    \ifxetex\def\eq@relRef#1{#1}\else
      \def\eq@relRef#1{{#1}}\fi\fi\fi
\def\@eqimportIcons#1{\ifpdfmarkup\ifx\annot@type\annot@type@button
  \def\ef@arg{#1}\ifx\ef@arg\ef@y
  \ifx\eq@I\@empty\@eqI{null}\fi\fi\fi\fi}
\def\ef@null{null}
\def\@eqI#1{%
  \ifx\annot@type\annot@type@button
    \def\eq@arg{#1}%
    \ifx\eq@arg\@empty
      \let\eq@I\@empty\else
      \ifx\eq@arg\ef@null
        \def\eq@I{/I \ef@null}\else
        \def\eq@I{/I \eq@relRef{#1}}%
      \fi
    \fi
    \eq@define@IconMK
  \fi
}\def\eq@I{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\RI} an indirect reference to a form XObject defining
% the buttons's \emph{rollover icon}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqRI#1{%
  \ifx\annot@type\annot@type@button
    \def\eq@arg{#1}%
    \ifx\eq@arg\@empty
      \let\eq@RI\@empty\else
      \ifx\eq@arg\ef@null
        \def\eq@RI{/RI \ef@null}\else
        \def\eq@RI{/RI \eq@relRef{#1}}%
      \fi
    \fi
    \eq@define@IconMK
  \fi
}\def\eq@RI{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\IX} an indirect reference to a form XObject defining
% the buttons's \emph{down icon}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqIX#1{%
  \ifx\annot@type\annot@type@button
    \def\eq@arg{#1}%
    \ifx\eq@arg\@empty
      \let\eq@IX\@empty\else
      \ifx\eq@arg\ef@null
        \def\eq@IX{/IX \ef@null}\else
        \def\eq@IX{/IX \eq@relRef{#1}}%
      \fi
    \fi
    \eq@define@IconMK
  \fi
}\def\eq@IX{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\TP} A code indicating the \texttt{layout} of the text and icon; these codes are
%        0 (label only); 1 (icon only); 2 (label below icon); 3 (label above icon); 4 (label to the right of icon);
%        5 (label to the left of icon); 6 (label overlaid on the icon). The default is 0.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqTP#1{\def\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
  \let\eq@TP\@empty\else\def\eq@TP{/TP #1}\fi}
\def\eq@TP{/TP 0} % default 0
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\SW} The \emph{scale when key}. Permissible values are \texttt{A} (always scale),
%   \texttt{B} (scale when icon is too big), \texttt{S} (scale when icon is too small), \texttt{N}
%   (never scale). The default is \texttt{A}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqSW#1{\def\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
  \let\eq@SW\@empty\else\def\eq@SW{/SW/#1}\fi}
\def\eq@SW{/SW/A} % the default, always scale
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\ST} The \emph{scaling type.} Permissible values are \texttt{A}
%    (anamorphic scaling); \texttt{P} (proportional scaling). The default is \texttt{P}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqST#1{\def\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
  \let\eq@ST\@empty\else\def\eq@ST{/S/#1}\fi}
\def\eq@ST{/S/P} % the default, proportional scaling
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\PA} The \textit{position array.} An array of two numbers, each
%  between 0 and 1 indicating the fraction of left-over space to allocate at the left and bottom
%  of the annotation rectangle. The two numbers should be separated by a space. The default value, \verb!\PA{.5 .5}!
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqPA#1{\def\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
  \let\eq@PA\@empty\else\def\eq@PA{/A [#1]}\fi}
\def\eq@PA{/A [0.5 0.5]} % the default
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\FB} The \emph{fit bounds} Boolean. If \texttt{true}, the button appearance
%   is scaled to fit fully within the bounds of the annotation without taking into consideration
%   the line width of the border. The default is \texttt{false}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqFB#1{\def\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
  \let\eq@PA\@empty\else\def\eq@FB{/FB #1}\fi}
\def\eq@FB{/FB false} % the default
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\mkIns} used for miscellaneous entries for \texttt{MK} dictionary.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqmkIns#1{\def\eq@mkIns{#1}}\def\eq@mkIns{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \paragraph*{Additional entries specific to choice fields:} \texttt{Opt, TI, I}\par\medskip\noindent
% An array of options in the list
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqOpt#1{\def\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
  \let\eq@Opt\@empty\else\ifefpmpv\let\eq@Opt\@empty\else
    \def\eq@Opt{/Opt [#1]}\fi\fi}\def\eq@Opt{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% For scrollable list boxes, the top index.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqTI#1{\def\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
  \let\eq@TI\@empty\else\def\eq@TI{/TI #1}\fi}
\def\eq@TI{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% When all else fails, use the \cs{rawPDF} command to modify the widget.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqrawPDF#1{\def\eq@rawPDF{#1}}\def\eq@rawPDF{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% An experimental key, used to insert (localalized) definitions or declarations
% into the key-value processor
% \changes{v2.10}{2019/03/16}{added the key \string\cs{cmd}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqcmd#1{#1}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The following is in support for multi-line links
%    \begin{macrocode}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\QuadPoints} Used by \texttt{aeb\_mlink}, used internally by that
% package to create multi-line links.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqQuadPoints#1{\def\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
  \let\eq@QuadPoints\@empty\else
  \def\eq@QuadPoints{/QuadPoints {#1}}\fi}
\def\eq@QuadPoints{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\Color} Changed |\def\eq@arg| to |\edef\eq@arg| (01/18/11)
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqColor#1{\edef\eq@arg{#1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
  \let\eq@Color\@empty\else
  \HyColor@XZeroOneThreeFour{#1}{\eq@Color}{}{}%
  \edef\eq@Color{/C[\eq@Color]}\fi}
\def\eq@Color{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{linktxtcolor} key to set the color of the link through
% the option list.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqlinktxtcolor#1{%
  \def\ef@argi{#1}\ifHy@colorlinks
    \ifx\ef@argi\@empty\let\ef@colorthislink\normalcolor\else
    \let\ef@linktxtcolor@set=1\def\ef@thislinkcolor{#1}\fi\fi
}\let\ef@linktxtcolor@set=0
%    \end{macrocode}
% \paragraph*{Specialized, non-PDF Spec, commands}
%    \begin{macrocode}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macro}{\rectH}
%    \begin{macro}{\rectW}
% Used to set the height and width of a widget, useful when the width and height arguments
% of the widget is not accessible.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqrectH#1{\def\eq@rectH{#1}\ifx\eq@rectH\@empty\else
  \setlength\eflength\eq@rectH\edef\eq@rectH{\the\eflength}\fi}
\def\@eqrectW#1{\def\eq@rectW{#1}\ifx\eq@rectW\@empty\else
  \setlength\eflength\eq@rectW\edef\eq@rectW{\the\eflength}\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\width}
%    Re-scale the widget to have a specified width, keeping the height in proportion
% \changes{v2.3.5}{2020/09/15}{Added \string\pkg{eforms} keys \string\texttt{width}, \string\texttt{height},
% and \string\texttt{scale}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqwidth#1{\def\eq@width{#1}}
\let\eq@width\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macro}{\height}
%    Re-scale the widget to have a specified height, keeping the height in proportion
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqheight#1{\def\eq@height{#1}}
\let\eq@height\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macro}{\scale}
%    Re-scale the widget by a scale factor.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqscalefactor#1{\def\eq@scalefactor{#1}}
\let\eq@scalefactor\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
% \DescribeMacro{\objdef} Insert an indirect reference (ps only drivers). The value of this
% key must be unique throughout the whole document.
% This is a \textbf{pdfmark} feature that inserts a references to this COS object,
% used with setting the tab order using the structure.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqobjdef#1{\def\ef@arg{#1}\ifx\ef@arg\@empty
  \let\eq@objdef\@empty\else\def\eq@objdefName{#1}%
  \def\eq@objdef{/_objdef {#1}}\fi
}
\let\eq@objdef\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\taborder} The \cs{taborder} key is used for the
% \texttt{dvipsone}/\texttt{dvips} options on a page where the tab order is
% determined through structure.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqtaborder#1{\def\ef@arg{#1}\ifx\ef@arg\@empty
  \let\eq@taborder\@empty\else
  \def\eq@taborder{#1}\fi
}
\let\eq@taborder\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\autoCenter} Auto-center feature, values are
% |\autoCenter{y}| (the default) or |\antoCenter{n}|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\ef@y{y}\def\ef@n{n}
\def\@eqautoCenter#1{\def\ef@arg{#1}\ifx\ef@arg\ef@y
  \let\autoCenter\ef@y\else\ifx\ef@arg\ef@n
  \let\autoCenter\ef@n\else\let\autoCenter\ef@y
  \PackageWarning{eforms}{The value of '#1' is not a
  supported value\MessageBreak for \string\autoCenter.\MessageBreak
  Using the default of 'y'}\fi
\fi}
\let\autoCenter\ef@y
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\inline} If |\inline{y}|, then we attempt to
% get a better vertical positioning. Designed for inline form fields.
% \changes{v2.5h}{2012/11/17}{Introduce the \string\cs{inline} key designed for
% inline form fields.}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newif\ifeq@inlineCenter \eq@inlineCenterfalse
\let\inlineCenter=n
\def\@eqinline#1{\eq@inlineCenterfalse
  \def\ef@arg{#1}\ifx\ef@arg\ef@y
  \let\inlineCenter\ef@y\eq@inlineCentertrue\else
  \ifx\ef@arg\ef@n\let\inlineCenter\ef@n\else\let\inlineCenter\ef@n
  \PackageWarning{eforms}{The value of '#1' is not a
  supported value\MessageBreak for \string\inline.\MessageBreak
  Using the default of 'n'}\fi
\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\symbolchoice} The symbol used for a check box or radio button.
% Elsewhere, we have defined,
%\begin{verbatim}
%   \def\eq@check{4}
%   \def\eq@circle{l}
%   \def\eq@cross{8}
%   \def\eq@diamond{u}
%   \def\eq@square{n}
%   \def\eq@star{H}
%\end{verbatim}
% Possible values for this key are \texttt{check}, \texttt{circle},
% \texttt{cross}, \texttt{diamond}, \texttt{square}, and \texttt{star}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqsymbolchoice#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname eq@#1\endcsname\relax
 \typeout{exerquiz: `#1' is not an acceptable option
 for \string\symbolechoice, inserting default, `check'.}
 \edef\symbol@choice{\eq@check}\else
%    \end{macrocode}
% We take \texttt{\#1} and form the command \cs{eq@\#1}, to match one of
% the definitions listed above.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \edef\symbol@choice{\csname eq@#1\endcsname}\fi
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%\DescribeMacro{\mlfix} When set to \texttt{y}, contiguous boxes are combined. This is for
%multi-line hyperlinks. Recognizable values are \texttt{y} and \texttt{n}. contiguous boxes
%are combined by default. There are command versions of \cs{mlfix}, these are
%\DescribeMacro{\mlfixOn} and \DescribeMacro{\mlfixOff}
%\changes{v2.9.16}{2018/03/08}{Added \string\cs{mlfix} for multiline links}
%\changes{v2.9.19}{2018/03/22}{Added \string\cs{relax} following width dimension
% in \string\cs{@eqmlstrut}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newif\iffixmlinks \fixmlinkstrue
\def\mlfixOn{\fixmlinkstrue}
\def\mlfixOff{\fixmlinksfalse}
\def\@eqmlfix#1{\def\ef@arg{#1}\ifx\ef@arg\ef@y
  \mlfixOn\else\ifx\ef@arg\ef@n
  \mlfixOff\else\mlfixOn
  \PackageWarning{eforms}{The value of '#1' is not a
  supported value\MessageBreak for \string\mlfix.\MessageBreak
  Using the default of 'y'}\fi
\fi}
\newbox\mlstrutbox
%    \end{macrocode}
%     \DescribeMacro{\mlstrut}\hskip-\marginparsep\texttt{\darg{\ameta{strut-amt}}}
%     (2018/03/22) \cs{mlstrut} is used to adjust the height of a multi-line link,
%     e.g., \verb!\mlstrut{\large\strut}!
%     \changes{v2.9.19}{2018/03/22}{Added \string\cs{mlstrut} used
%     to adjust the height of a multi-line link}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqmlstrut#1{\setbox\mlstrutbox\hbox{#1}%
  \def\ml@strut{\vrule \@height\ht\mlstrutbox
    \@depth\dp\mlstrutbox
    \@width\z@\relax}}
\def\ml@strut{\relax\ifmmode\copy\mlstrutbox\else
  \unhbox\mlstrutbox\fi}
\@eqmlstrut{\strut}
%    \end{macrocode}
%     \DescribeMacro{\mlcrackat}\hskip-\marginparsep\texttt{\darg{\ameta{num}}}
%     (2018/03/22) \cs{mlcrackat} is used to break a multi-line link across a page boundary;
%     specifying \verb~\mlcrackat{3}~ breaks the link after the 3rd syllable. The \pkg{aeb\_mlink}
%     package then creates two links consisting of the text up to and including the crack-at value and
%     the second link consisting of the rest of the hypertext link (or url) string.
%     \changes{v2.9.19}{2018/03/22}{Added \string\cs{mlcrackat}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqmlcrackat#1{\def\eq@mlcrackat{#1}}
\let\eq@mlcrackat\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
%     \DescribeMacro{\mlhyph}\hskip-\marginparsep\texttt{\darg{}}
%      (2018/03/22) \cs{mlhyph} is used to add a hyphen when a multi-line link is cracked
%    using \cs{mlcrackat}. The default is that no hyphen is produced.
%   \changes{v2.9.19}{2018/03/22}{Added \string\cs{mlhyph}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqmlhyph#1{\def\ef@arg{#1}\ifx\ef@arg\ef@y
  \def\eq@mlhyph{-}\else\ifx\ef@arg\ef@n
  \let\eq@mlhyph\@empty\else\let\eq@mlhyph\@empty
  \PackageWarning{eforms}{The value of '#1' is not a
  supported value\MessageBreak for \string\mlhyph.\MessageBreak
  Using the default of 'n'}\fi
\fi}\let\eq@mlhyph\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
%     \leavevmode
%     \DescribeMacro{\mlignore}\hskip-\marginparsep\texttt{\darg{\upshape0\string|1\string|empty}}
%     (2018/03/22) \cs{mlignore} is an internal option used when breaking apart
%     two multi-line links; not used with urls. The argument is used to identify
%     whether, when breaking a link or annot apart, we are working on the first or
%     second part. The flag \cs{eq@mlignore} is set to \cs{ef@YES}.
%     \changes{v2.9.19}{2018/03/22}{Added \string\cs{mlignore}}
%     \changes{v2.9.20}{2018/08/16}{Added \string\cs{eq@mlchunk} to definition
%     of \string\cs{@eqmlignore}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqmlignore#1{\def\eq@mlchunk{#1}\ifx\eq@mlchunk\@empty
  \def\eq@mlchunk{0}\fi\let\eq@mlignore\ef@YES}
\def\eq@mlchunk{0}
\let\eq@mlignore\ef@NO
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \leavevmode\DescribeMacro{\mlcrackinsat}
%    \hskip-\marginparsep\texttt{\darg{\ameta{latex-content}}}
%    introduces \ameta{latex-content} just after \cs{eq@mlhyph}.
%     \changes{v2.9.20}{2018/08/16}{Added \string\cs{eq@mlcrackinsat}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqmlcrackinsat#1{\def\eq@mlcrackinsat{#1}}
\let\eq@mlcrackinsat\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\protect} A key for protecting a key from begin changed
% by the user through the optional arguments.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqprotect#1{\eq@protect{#1}}
\def\eq@protect#1{\let#1\@empty}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \leavevmode
%    \DescribeMacro{\protectedKeys}\hskip-\marginparsep\texttt{*\darg{\ameta{cmd-name}}\darg{\ameta{KV-pairs}}}
%    is a command that protects each key in a \pkg{eforms} key-value list; eg, it replaces
%    \cs{BC\darg{red}} with \cs{protect\cs{BC\darg{red}}}. The results are saved under the command
%    name \cs{\ameta{cmd-name}}. Designed to be used with the \cs{epresets} key, which expands its arguments
%    early; the keys are not defined so we prevent them from expanding prior to being passed to
%    the parsing mechanism. \cs{protectedKeys} is used in the \pkg{bargraph-js} package. If \cs{\ameta{cmd-name}}
%    is already defined, a warning message is written to the TEX LOG, unless the \texttt*-option is taken.
%    \changes{v2.10}{2019/03/16}{Added \string\cs{protectedKeys}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\ef@stop{\relax}
\let\isst@r\ef@NO
\def\protectedKeys{\@ifstar
  {\let\isst@r\ef@YES\protectedKeys@i}
  {\let\isst@r\ef@NO\protectedKeys@i}%
}
\def\protectedKeys@i#1#2{\ef@scratchtoks={}%
  \@ifundefined{#1}{}{\ifx\isst@r\ef@NO\PackageWarning{eforms}
    {Be aware command name #1 is already\MessageBreak
    in use}\fi}\protectedKeys@gettwo#2\ef@stop\relax
   \csarg\edef{#1}{\the\ef@scratchtoks}}
\def\protectedKeys@gettwo#1#2{%
  \ifx#1\ef@stop\else\ef@scratchtoks=\expandafter
    {\the\ef@scratchtoks\protect#1{#2}}\expandafter
    \protectedKeys@gettwo\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \DescribeMacro{\multigroupradios} Declares whether there are multiple sets of
% radio button groups with the same names and values,
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@eqmultigroupradios#1{\let\ef@multigroupradios\ef@YES}
\let\ef@multigroupradios\ef@NO
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsubsection{Support for Hex escapes in PDF names}
% \changes{v2.9p}{2017/10/10}{rework the support for Hex escapes in PDF names}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\begingroup\catcode`\#=12 \catcode`*=6
  \ifpdfmarkup
    \gdef\ef@Hx*1*2{\@nameuse{efHex*1*2}}\else
    \gdef\ef@Hx*1*2{\@nameuse{efHex*1*2}}\fi
\endgroup
\def\efHxError{\PackageError{eforms}{The glyph is not supported}{}}
\def\HGERROR{efHxError}
\ifpdfmarkup
  \def\HexGlyph#1#2{\def\arg@ii{#2}\ifx\arg@ii\HGERROR
  \global\@namedef{efHex#1}{\csname#2\endcsname}\else
  \global\@namedef{efHex#1}{\expandafter
    \string\csname#2\endcsname}\fi}
\else
  \begingroup\catcode`\#=12 \catcode`*=6
    \gdef\HexGlyph*1*2{\def\arg@ii{*2}\ifx\arg@ii\HGERROR
    \global\@namedef{efHex*1}{\csname*2\endcsname}\else
    \global\@namedef{efHex*1}{#*1}\fi}
  \endgroup
\fi
\def\ef@inputPDFHEX{\InputIfFileExists{pdfdochex.def}
    {\PackageInfo{eforms}{Inputting pdfdochex.def}}{}}
\AtEndOfPackage{\ef@inputPDFHEX}
%</package>
%<*hexoctcodes>
% begin C0 Controls (U000.pdf) http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/
\HexGlyph{00}{efHxError}%{000}
\HexGlyph{01}{efHxError}%{001}
\HexGlyph{02}{efHxError}%{002}
\HexGlyph{03}{efHxError}%{003}
\HexGlyph{04}{efHxError}%{004}
\HexGlyph{05}{efHxError}%{005}
\HexGlyph{06}{efHxError}%{006}
\HexGlyph{07}{efHxError}%{006}
\HexGlyph{08}{efHxError}%{008}
\HexGlyph{09}{efHxError}%{009}
\HexGlyph{0A}{efHxError}%{012}
\HexGlyph{0B}{efHxError}%{013}
\HexGlyph{0C}{efHxError}%{014}
\HexGlyph{0D}{efHxError}%{015}
\HexGlyph{0E}{efHxError}%{016}
\HexGlyph{0F}{efHxError}%{017}
\HexGlyph{10}{efHxError}%{020}
\HexGlyph{11}{efHxError}%{021}
\HexGlyph{12}{efHxError}%{022}
\HexGlyph{13}{efHxError}%{023}
\HexGlyph{14}{efHxError}%{024}
\HexGlyph{15}{efHxError}%{025}
\HexGlyph{16}{efHxError}%{026}
\HexGlyph{17}{efHxError}%{027}
% end C0 Controls (U000.pdf)
\HexGlyph{18}{030}% U+02D8 BREVE
\HexGlyph{19}{031}% U+02c7 CARON
\HexGlyph{1A}{032}% U+02c6 MODIFIER LETTER CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT
\HexGlyph{1B}{033}% U+02D9 DOT ABOVE
\HexGlyph{1C}{034}% U+02DD DOUBLE ACUTE ACCENT
\HexGlyph{1D}{035}% U+02DB OGONEK
\HexGlyph{1E}{036}% U+02DA RING ABOVEZ
\HexGlyph{1F}{037}% U+02DC SMALL TILDE
\HexGlyph{20}{040}% U+0020 SPACE
\HexGlyph{21}{041}% U+0021 EXCLAMATION MARK
\HexGlyph{22}{042}% U+0022 QUOTATION MARK
\HexGlyph{23}{043}% U+0022 NUMBER SIGN
\HexGlyph{24}{044}% U+0023 DOLLAR SIGN
\HexGlyph{25}{045}% U+002 PERCENT SIGN
\HexGlyph{26}{046}% U+0026 AMPERSAND
\HexGlyph{27}{047}% U+0027 APOSTROPHE
\HexGlyph{28}{050}% U+0028 LEFT PARENTHESIS
\HexGlyph{29}{051}% U+0029 RIGHT PAENTHESIS
\HexGlyph{2A}{052}% U+002A ASTERISK
\HexGlyph{2B}{053}% U+002B PLUS SIGN
\HexGlyph{2C}{054}% U+002C COMMA
\HexGlyph{2D}{055}% U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS
\HexGlyph{2E}{056}% U+002E FULL STOP
\HexGlyph{2F}{057}% U+002F SOLIDUS
\HexGlyph{30}{060}% U+0030 ZERO
\HexGlyph{31}{061}% U+0031 ONE
\HexGlyph{32}{062}% U+0032 TWO
\HexGlyph{33}{063}% U+0033 THREE
\HexGlyph{34}{064}% U+0034 FOUR
\HexGlyph{35}{065}% U+0035 FIVE
\HexGlyph{36}{066}% U+0036 SIX
\HexGlyph{37}{067}% U+0037 SEVEN
\HexGlyph{38}{070}% U+0038 EIGHT
\HexGlyph{39}{071}% U+0039 NINE
\HexGlyph{3A}{072}% U+003A COLON
\HexGlyph{3B}{073}% U+003B SEMICOLON
\HexGlyph{3C}{074}% U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN
\HexGlyph{3D}{075}% U+003D EQUALS SIGN
\HexGlyph{3E}{076}% U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN
\HexGlyph{3F}{077}% U+003F QUESTION MARK
\HexGlyph{40}{100}% U+0040 COMMERCIAL AT
\HexGlyph{41}{101}% U+0041 CAPITAL LETTER A
\HexGlyph{42}{102}% U+0042 B
\HexGlyph{43}{103}% U+0043 C
\HexGlyph{44}{104}% U+0044 D
\HexGlyph{45}{105}% U+0045 E
\HexGlyph{46}{106}% U+0046 F
\HexGlyph{47}{107}% U+0047 G
\HexGlyph{48}{110}% U+0048 H
\HexGlyph{49}{111}% U+0049 I
\HexGlyph{4A}{112}% U+004A J
\HexGlyph{4B}{113}% U+004B K
\HexGlyph{4C}{114}% U+004C L
\HexGlyph{4D}{115}% U+004D M
\HexGlyph{4E}{116}% U+004E N
\HexGlyph{4F}{117}% U+004F O
\HexGlyph{50}{120}% U+0050 P
\HexGlyph{51}{121}% U+0051 Q
\HexGlyph{52}{122}% U+0052 R
\HexGlyph{53}{123}% U+0053 S
\HexGlyph{54}{124}% U+0054 T
\HexGlyph{55}{125}% U+0055 U
\HexGlyph{56}{126}% U+0056 V
\HexGlyph{57}{127}% U+0057 W
\HexGlyph{58}{130}% U+0058 X
\HexGlyph{59}{131}% U+0059 Y
\HexGlyph{5A}{132}% U+005A Z
\HexGlyph{5B}{133}% U+005B LEFT SQUARE BRACKET
\HexGlyph{5C}{134}% U+005C REVERSE SOLIDUS (BACKSLASH)
\HexGlyph{5D}{135}% U+005D RIGHT SQUARE BRACKET
\HexGlyph{5E}{136}% U+005E CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT
\HexGlyph{5F}{137}% U+005F LOW LINE
\HexGlyph{60}{140}% U+0060 GRAVE ACCENT
\HexGlyph{61}{141}% U+0061 LATIN SMALL LETTER a
\HexGlyph{62}{142}% U+0062 b
\HexGlyph{63}{143}% U+0063 c
\HexGlyph{64}{144}% U+0064 d
\HexGlyph{65}{145}% U+0065 e
\HexGlyph{66}{146}% U+0066 f
\HexGlyph{67}{147}% U+0067 g
\HexGlyph{68}{150}% U+0068 h
\HexGlyph{69}{151}% U+0069 i
\HexGlyph{6A}{152}% U+006A j
\HexGlyph{6B}{153}% U+006B k
\HexGlyph{6C}{154}% U+006C l
\HexGlyph{6D}{155}% U+006D m
\HexGlyph{6E}{156}% U+006E n
\HexGlyph{6F}{157}% U+006F o
\HexGlyph{70}{160}% U+0070 p
\HexGlyph{71}{161}% U+0071 q
\HexGlyph{72}{162}% U+0072 r
\HexGlyph{73}{163}% U+0073 s
\HexGlyph{74}{164}% U+0074 t
\HexGlyph{75}{165}% U+0075 u
\HexGlyph{76}{166}% U+0076 v
\HexGlyph{77}{167}% U+0077 w
\HexGlyph{78}{170}% U+0078 x
\HexGlyph{79}{171}% U+0079 y
\HexGlyph{7A}{172}% U+007A z
\HexGlyph{7B}{173}% U+007B LEFT CURLY BRACKET
\HexGlyph{7C}{174}% U+007C VERTICAL LINE
\HexGlyph{7D}{175}% U+007D RIGHT CURLY BRACKET
\HexGlyph{7E}{176}% U+007E TILDE
\HexGlyph{7F}{efHxError}% 177 UNDEFINED IN PDFDOCENC
\HexGlyph{80}{200}% U+2022 BULLET
\HexGlyph{81}{201}% U+2020 DAGGER
\HexGlyph{82}{202}% U+2021 DOUBLE DAGGER
\HexGlyph{83}{203}% U+2026 HORIZONTAL ELLIPSIS
\HexGlyph{84}{204}% U+2014 EM DASH
\HexGlyph{85}{205}% U+2013 EN DASH
\HexGlyph{86}{206}% U+0192 LATIN SMALL LETTER F WITH HOOK
\HexGlyph{87}{207}% U+2044 FRACTION SLASH
\HexGlyph{88}{210}% U+2039 SINGLE LEFT-POINTING ANGLE QUOTE MARK
\HexGlyph{89}{211}% U+203A SINGLE RIGHT-POINTING ANGLE QUOTE MARK
\HexGlyph{8A}{212}% U+2212 MINUS-SIGN
\HexGlyph{8B}{213}% U+2030 PER MILL SIGN
\HexGlyph{8C}{214}% U+201E DOUBLE LOW-9 QUOTE MARK
\HexGlyph{8D}{215}% U+201C LEFT DOUBLE QUOTE MARK
\HexGlyph{8E}{216}% U+201C RIGHT DOUBLE QUOTE MARK
\HexGlyph{8F}{217}% U+2018 LEFT SINGLE QUOTE MARK
\HexGlyph{90}{220}% U+2019 RIGHT SINGLE QUOTE MARK
\HexGlyph{91}{221}% U+201A SINGLE LOW-9 QUOTE MARK
\HexGlyph{92}{222}% U+2122 TRADE MARK SIGN
\HexGlyph{93}{223}% U+FB01 LATIN SMALL LIGATURE FI
\HexGlyph{94}{224}% U+FB02 LATIN SMALL LIGATURE FL
\HexGlyph{95}{225}% U+0141 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER L WITH STROKE
\HexGlyph{96}{226}% U+0152 LATIN CAPITAL LIGATURE OE
\HexGlyph{97}{227}% U+0160 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER S WITH CARON
\HexGlyph{98}{230}% U+0178 LATIN CAPITAL  LETTER Y WITH DIAERESIS
\HexGlyph{99}{231}% U+017D LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z WITH CARON
\HexGlyph{9A}{232}% U+0131 LATIN SMALL LETTER DOTLESS I
\HexGlyph{9B}{233}% U+0142 LATIN SMALL LETTER L WITH STROKE
\HexGlyph{9C}{234}% U+0153 LATIN SMALL LIGATURE OE
\HexGlyph{9D}{235}% U+0161 LATIN SMALL LETTER S WITH CARON
\HexGlyph{9E}{236}% U+017E LATIN SMALL LETTER Z WITH CARON
\HexGlyph{9F}{efHxError}% 237 UNDEF IN PDFDOCENC
\HexGlyph{A0}{240}% U+20AC EURO SIGN
\HexGlyph{A1}{241}% U+00A1 INVERTED EXCLAMATION MARK
\HexGlyph{A2}{242}% U+00A2 CENT SIGN
\HexGlyph{A3}{243}% U+00A3 POUND SIGN
\HexGlyph{A4}{244}% U+00A4 CURRENCY SIGN
\HexGlyph{A5}{245}% U+00A5 YEN SIGN
\HexGlyph{A6}{246}% U+00A6 BROKEN BAR
\HexGlyph{A7}{247}% U+00A7 SECTION SIGN
\HexGlyph{A8}{250}% U+00A8 DIAERESIS
\HexGlyph{A9}{251}% U+00A9 COPYRIGHT SIGN
\HexGlyph{AA}{252}% U+00AA FEMININE ORDINAL INDICATOR
\HexGlyph{AB}{253}% U+00AB LEFT-POINTING DOUBLE ANGLE QUOTE MARK
\HexGlyph{AC}{254}% U+00AC NOT SIGN
\HexGlyph{AD}{efHxError}% 255 UNDEFINED IN PDFDOCENC
\HexGlyph{AE}{256}% U+00AE REGISTERED SIGN
\HexGlyph{AF}{257}% U+00AF MACRON
\HexGlyph{B0}{260}% U+00B0 DEGREE SIGN
\HexGlyph{B1}{261}% U+00B1 PLUS-MINUS SIGN
\HexGlyph{B2}{262}% U+00B2 SUPERSCRIPT 2
\HexGlyph{B3}{263}% U+00B3 SUPERSCRIPT 3
\HexGlyph{B4}{264}% U+00B4 ACUTE ACCENT
\HexGlyph{B5}{265}% U+00B5 MICRO SIGN
\HexGlyph{B6}{266}% U+00B6 PILCROW SIGN (PARAGRAPH SIGN)
\HexGlyph{B7}{267}% U+00B7 MIDDLE DOT
\HexGlyph{B8}{270}% U+00B8 CEDILLA
\HexGlyph{B9}{271}% U+00B9 SUPERSCRIPT ONE
\HexGlyph{BA}{272}% U+00BA MASCULINE ORDINAL INDICATOR
\HexGlyph{BB}{273}% U+00BB RIGHT-POINTING DOUBLE ANGLE QUOTE MARK
\HexGlyph{BC}{274}% U+00BC VULGAR FRACTION ONE QUARTER
\HexGlyph{BD}{275}% U+00BD VULGAR FRACTION ONE HALF
\HexGlyph{BE}{276}% U+00BE VULGAR FRACTION THREE QUARTERS
\HexGlyph{BF}{277}% U+00BF INVERTED QUESTION MARK
\HexGlyph{C0}{300}% U+00C0 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH GRAVE
\HexGlyph{C1}{301}% U+00C1 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH ACUTE
\HexGlyph{C2}{302}% U+00C2 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH CIRCUMFLEX
\HexGlyph{C3}{303}% U+00C3 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH TILDE
\HexGlyph{C4}{304}% U+00C4 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH DIAERESIS
\HexGlyph{C5}{305}% U+00C5 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH RING ABOVE
\HexGlyph{C6}{306}% U+00C6 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER AE
\HexGlyph{C7}{307}% U+00C7 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER C WITH CEDILLA
\HexGlyph{C8}{310}% U+00C8 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH GRAVE
\HexGlyph{C9}{311}% U+00C9 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH ACUTE
\HexGlyph{CA}{312}% U+00CA LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH CIRCUMFLEX
\HexGlyph{CB}{313}% U+00CB LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH DIAERESIS
\HexGlyph{CC}{314}% U+00CC LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH GRAVE
\HexGlyph{CD}{315}% U+00CD LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH ACUTE
\HexGlyph{CE}{316}% U+00CE LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH CIRCUMFLEX
\HexGlyph{CF}{317}% U+00CF LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH DIAERESIS
\HexGlyph{D0}{320}% U+00D0 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER ETH
\HexGlyph{D1}{321}% U+00D1 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER D WITH TILDE
\HexGlyph{D2}{322}% U+00D2 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH GRAVE
\HexGlyph{D3}{323}% U+00D3 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH ACUTE
\HexGlyph{D4}{324}% U+00D4 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH CIRCUMFLEX
\HexGlyph{D5}{325}% U+00D5 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH TILDE
\HexGlyph{D6}{326}% U+00D6 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH DIAERESIS
\HexGlyph{D7}{327}% U+00D7 MULTIPLICATION SIGN
\HexGlyph{D8}{330}% U+00D8 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH STROKE
\HexGlyph{D9}{331}% U+00D9 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH GRAVE
\HexGlyph{DA}{332}% U+00DA LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH ACUTE
\HexGlyph{DB}{333}% U+00DB LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH CIRCUMFLEX
\HexGlyph{DC}{334}% U+00DC LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH DIAERESIS
\HexGlyph{DD}{335}% U+00DD LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Y WITH ACUTE
\HexGlyph{DE}{336}% U+00DE LATIN CAPITAL LETTER THORN
\HexGlyph{DF}{337}% U+00DF LATIN CAPITAL LETTER SHARP S (Eszett)
\HexGlyph{E0}{340}% U+00E0 LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH GRAVE
\HexGlyph{E1}{341}% U+00E1 LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH ACUTE
\HexGlyph{E2}{342}% U+00E2 LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH CIRCUMFLEX
\HexGlyph{E3}{343}% U+00E3 LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH TILDE
\HexGlyph{E4}{344}% U+00E4 LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH DIAERESIS
\HexGlyph{E5}{345}% U+00E5 LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH RING ABOVE
\HexGlyph{E6}{346}% U+00E6 LATIN SMALL LETTER AE
\HexGlyph{E7}{347}% U+00E7 LATIN SMALL LETTER C WITH CEDILLA
\HexGlyph{E8}{350}% U+00E8 LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH GRAVE
\HexGlyph{E9}{351}% U+00E9 LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH ACUTE
\HexGlyph{EA}{352}% U+00EA LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH CIRCUMFLEX
\HexGlyph{EB}{353}% U+00EB LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH DIAERESIS
\HexGlyph{EC}{354}% U+00EC LATIN SMALL LETTER I WITH GRAVE
\HexGlyph{ED}{355}% U+00ED LATIN SMALL LETTER I WITH ACUTE
\HexGlyph{EE}{356}% U+00EE LATIN SMALL LETTER I WITH CIRCUMFLEX
\HexGlyph{EF}{357}% U+00EF LATIN SMALL LETTER I WITH DIAERESIS
\HexGlyph{F0}{360}% U+00F0 LATIN SMALL LETTER ETH
\HexGlyph{F1}{361}% U+00F1 LATIN SMALL LETTER N WITH TILDE
\HexGlyph{F2}{362}% U+00F2 LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH GRAVE
\HexGlyph{F3}{363}% U+00F3 LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH ACUTE
\HexGlyph{F4}{364}% U+00F4 LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH CIRCUMFLEX
\HexGlyph{F5}{365}% U+00F5 LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH DIAERESIS
\HexGlyph{F6}{366}% U+00F6 LATIN SMALL LETTER C WITH ETH
\HexGlyph{F7}{367}% U+00F7 DIVISION SIGN
\HexGlyph{F8}{270}% U+00F8 LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH STROKE
\HexGlyph{F9}{271}% U+00F9 LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH GRAVE
\HexGlyph{FA}{272}% U+00FA LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH ACUTE
\HexGlyph{FB}{273}% U+00FB LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH CIRCUMFLEX
\HexGlyph{FC}{374}% U+00FC LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH DIAERESIS
\HexGlyph{FD}{375}% U+00FD LATIN SMALL LETTER Y WITH ACUTE
\HexGlyph{FE}{376}% U+00FE LATIN SMALL LETTER C THORN
\HexGlyph{FF}{377}% U+00FF LATIN SMALL LETTER Y WITH DIAERESIS
%</hexoctcodes>
%<*package>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsubsection{Parsing PDF Color}
%
% The command is called by the \cs{textColor} key of a form field,
% the return value, \cs{ef@colorSpec@out}, is then used in the color
% specification of the text. If \textsf{xcolor} is loaded, we pass
% the named color or latex color specification with color model back,
% and is turned processed by the \textsf{hycolor} command \cs{HyColor@FieldColor}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\ef@semicolon{;}
\def\ef@stripsemi#1;\@nil{\def\ef@colorSpec@out{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\ef@isitnamed{\let\ef@latex@color\ef@y
    \@ifnextchar[{\ef@gobbletonil}{%
    \@tfor\mytok:=.0123456789\do{%
        \if\mytok\@let@token
        \let\ef@latex@color\ef@n
        \@break@tfor\fi}\ef@gobbletonil}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\ef@gobbletonil#1\ef@nil{}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macro}{\ef@parsePDFColor}
% \cs{ef@parsePDFColor} tries to guarantee backward compatibility, and tries to
% assure the color passed to \textsf{hycolor} fits its design expectations.
% We begin by completely expanding the argument, for the argument may be in
% macro form.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\ef@parsePDFColor#1{\edef\ef@color@arg{#1}\ef@parsePDFColori}
\def\ef@parsePDFColori{%
    \expandafter\ef@@parsePDFColor\ef@color@arg; ; ; ; ; ;\\}
\def\ef@@parsePDFColor#1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6\\{%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \paragraph*{Test of gray or model or named.} We test whether this is either a named color, or gray color space. This is
% the case if \texttt{\#3} is either `\texttt{g;}' or `\texttt{;}'.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \def\argii{#2}\def\ef@cmp{g;}%
    \ifx\argii\ef@cmp
%    \end{macrocode}
% It is a PDF color \texttt{<num> g}, if \textsf{xcolor} is loaded we pass it as
% \verb![gray]{#1}!; otherwise, we return \texttt{\#1 g}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
        \expandafter\ifx\csname convertcolorspec\endcsname\relax
            \def\ef@colorSpec@out{#1 g}\else
            \def\ef@colorSpec@out{[gray]{#1}}%
        \fi
    \else\ifx\argii\ef@semicolon
%    \end{macrocode}
% Either a named color or a single number
%    \begin{macrocode}
        \expandafter\ifx\csname convertcolorspec\endcsname\relax
            \ef@isitnamed#1\ef@nil
            \ifx\ef@latex@color\ef@n
                \ef@stripsemi#1\@nil
                \edef\ef@colorSpec@out{\ef@colorSpec@out\space g}%
            \else
                \ef@stripsemi#1\@nil
                \PackageWarning{eforms}{Color specification
                `\ef@colorSpec@out' not supported\MessageBreak
                without xcolor, using a black color}
                \def\ef@colorSpec@out{0 g}%
            \fi
        \else  % xcolor
%    \end{macrocode}
% If \textsf{xcolor} is not loaded, we do nothing; if \texttt{xcolor} is loaded
% we determine if the first token is a `\texttt{[}' indicating a color space
% specification; or if the first token is a number, indicating that this is a number.
% If neither cases are detected, we assume a named color.
%    \begin{macrocode}
            \ef@isitnamed#1\ef@nil
            \ifx\ef@latex@color\ef@n
                \ef@stripsemi#1\@nil
                \edef\ef@colorSpec@out{[gray]{\ef@colorSpec@out}}%
            \else
                \ef@stripsemi#1\@nil
                \edef\ef@colorSpec@out{\ef@colorSpec@out}%
            \fi
        \fi
    \else % not semicolon
        \def\argiv{#4}\def\ef@cmp{rg;}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% \paragraph*{RGB test.} If \texttt{\#4} is either `\texttt{rg;}' or `\texttt{;}', we are RGB
%    \begin{macrocode}
        \ifx\argiv\ef@cmp
            \expandafter\ifx\csname convertcolorspec\endcsname\relax
                \def\ef@colorSpec@out{#1 #2 #3 rg}\else
                \def\ef@colorSpec@out{[rgb]{#1,#2,#3}}\fi
        \else\ifx\argiv\ef@semicolon
            \expandafter\ifx\csname convertcolorspec\endcsname\relax
            \ef@stripsemi#1 #2 #3\@nil
            \edef\ef@colorSpec@out{\ef@colorSpec@out\space rg}\else
            \ef@stripsemi#3\@nil
            \edef\ef@colorSpec@out{[rgb]{#1,#2,\ef@colorSpec@out}}\fi
%                Help!: {#1,#2,\ef@colorSpec@out}%
        \else
            \def\argv{#5}\edef\ef@cmp{k;}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \paragraph*{CMYK test.} If \texttt{\#5} is either `\texttt{k;}' or `\texttt{;}', we are CMYK.
%    \begin{macrocode}
        \ifx\argv\ef@cmp
            \expandafter\ifx\csname convertcolorspec\endcsname\relax
                \def\ef@colorSpec@out{#1 #2 #3 #4 k}\else
                \def\ef@colorSpec@out{[cmyk]{#1,#2,#3,#4}}\fi
        \else
            \ifx\argv\ef@semicolon
                \ef@stripsemi#1 #2 #3 #4\@nil
                \expandafter\ifx\csname convertcolorspec\endcsname\relax
                \edef\ef@colorSpec@out{\ef@colorSpec@out\space k}\else
                \ef@stripsemi#4\@nil
                \edef\ef@colorSpec@out{%
                    [cmyk]{#1,#2,#3,\ef@colorSpec@out}}\fi
        \else\ef@parseColor@iv
    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
% Error messages for color spec parsing
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\ef@parseColor@iv{\PackageError{AeB}{%
    The number of arguments
    is incorrect.\MessageBreak I was expecting
    1, 3, or 4 components of color}{Specify the correct number of
    components for the color space.}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsection{Support for setting the calculation order}
%
% The command \cs{calcOrder}\DescribeMacro{\calcOrder} set the order of calculation
% of all calculation fields listed in this comma delimited list.
%\begin{verbatim}
%   \calcOrder{field3,field2,field1}
%\end{verbatim}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\calcOrder#1{\let\efCalcOrder\@gobble
    \@for\coi:=#1\do{\edef\efCalcOrder{\efCalcOrder,"\coi"}}%
    \edef\efCalcOrder{[\efCalcOrder]}}
\@onlypreamble\calcOrder
\def\efCalcOrder{[]}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%\subsection{Symbol Definitions}
%
% Some definitions for radio fields and checkboxes
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@check{4}
\def\eq@circle{l}
\def\eq@cross{8}
\def\eq@diamond{u}
\def\eq@square{n}
\def\eq@star{H}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macro}{\symbolchoice}
% Use this macro to change the symbol used in radio and
% checkboxes.  The default is \cmd{\eq@check}.  This macro takes one
% argument: permissible values are: check, circle, cross, diamond,
% square, and star. The definition of \cs{symbolchoice} is given
% above in the definition of \cs{@eqsymbolchoice}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\symbolchoice\@eqsymbolchoice
%    \end{macrocode}
% Set the default to `check'.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\symbolchoice{check}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%\subsection{Convenience Commands}
%
%\subsubsection{Writing Actions}
%
% Writing actions for \pkg{eforms} requires certain key-value combinations. The following
% commands provides the correct syntax, the code is inserted via the required
% argument of each.
%
%    \begin{macro}{\JS}
%    \begin{macro}{\Named}
%    \begin{macro}{\Next}
%    \begin{macro}{\toggleAttachmentsPanel}
% Convenience commands for writing JavaScript and for executing named events.
% \changes{v2.3.5}{2020/11/20}{Remove \string\cs{URI} from \string\pkg{eforms}, already
% defined in \string\pkg{insdljs}. (Jason G.)}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\providecommand{\JS}[1]{/S/JavaScript/JS(#1)}
%\newcommand{\URI}[1]{/S/URI/URI(#1)}
\providecommand{\Named}[1]{/S/Named/N/#1}
\newcommand{\Next}[1]{/Next<<#1>>}
\providecommand{\toggleAttachmentsPanel}[2]{%
    \setLink[\Border{0 0 0}\A{\Named{ShowHideFileAttachment}}]
    {\textcolor{#1}{#2}}}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
% When entering triggers into the AA dictionary, use these commands (all the ones of
% the form \cs{AA<Name>}. These all have one argument, the action to take, usually
% a JavaScript action.  There is now a routine in the parsing of the AA dictionary
% that searches for \cs{AACalculate}, if found, sets the switch \cs{ifisCalculate}.
% For this search to succeed, these helper macros must be used.
%    \begin{macro}{\AAMouseUp}
%    \begin{macro}{\AAMouseDown}
%    \begin{macro}{\AAMouseEnter}
%    \begin{macro}{\AAMouseExit}
%    \begin{macro}{\AAOnFocus}
%    \begin{macro}{\AAOnBlur}
% This set of six appear in the Action tab of the field properties dialog box.
% Here, we don't assume the actions are JavaScript actions. The \cs{AAMouseUp}
% key is normally not used, rather, the mouse up action can be define using
% the \cs{A} key, such as \verb!\A{\JS{app.beep(0)}}!
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\AAMouseUp}[1]{/U<<#1>>}
\newcommand{\AAMouseDown}[1]{/D<<#1>>}
\newcommand{\AAMouseEnter}[1]{/E<<#1>>}
\newcommand{\AAMouseExit}[1]{/X<<#1>>}
\newcommand{\AAOnFocus}[1]{/Fo<<#1>>}
\newcommand{\AAOnBlur}[1]{/Bl<<#1>>}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\AAFormat}
%    \begin{macro}{\AAKeystroke}
%    \begin{macro}{\AAValidate}
%    \begin{macro}{\AACalculate}
% These four triggers  are JavaScript only, so we use \cs{JS}
% to insert the appropriate code. In the user interface, they appear
% in the Format, Validate, and Calculate tabs of the text field, and the
% combo box.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\AAFormat}[1]{/F<<\JS{#1}>>}
\newcommand{\AAKeystroke}[1]{/K<<\JS{#1}>>}
\newcommand{\AAValidate}[1]{/V<<\JS{#1}>>}
\newcommand{\AACalculate}[1]{/C<<\JS{#1}>>}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\AAPageOpen}
%    \begin{macro}{\AAPageClose}
%    \begin{macro}{\AAPageVisible}
%    \begin{macro}{\AAPageInvisible}
% Page actions associated with a form field (PDF 1.5 or later)
% Originally designed for multimedia annotations, but can be
% use for form fields as well. There is no UI for these JavaScripts. The
% order of execution of these is Page 1: PV, Page 1: PO, Page 2: PV,
% Page 1: PC, Page 2: PO.
%\changes{v1.0b}{2006/10/14}
%{
%    Added page actions for annotations, PDF 1.5 or later
%}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\AAPageOpen}[1]{/PO<<\JS{#1}>>}
\newcommand{\AAPageClose}[1]{/PC<<\JS{#1}>>}
\newcommand{\AAPageVisible}[1]{/PV<<\JS{#1}>>}
\newcommand{\AAPageInvisible}[1]{/PI<<\JS{#1}>>}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%
%\subsubsection{Saving Paths}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\definePath}
% A convenience command for saving a path or an URL, usage,
%\begin{verbatim}
%\definePath{\myPath}{http://www.example.edu/~dpstory}
% ...
%\setLink[\A{\URI{\myPath}}]{Go There!}
%\end{verbatim}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\definePath}[1]{\def\ef@ctrlName{#1}%
    \hyper@normalise\ef@definePath}
\def\ef@definePath#1{\expandafter\xdef\ef@ctrlName{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
% \subsection{Annotation and Field Flags}
%
% \subsubsection{Annotation Flag \texttt{/F} Definitions}\label{F}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\FHidden{2}         % bit 2: hidden field
\def\FPrint{4}          % bit 3: print (we set this bit by default)
\def\FNoPrint{-4}       % bit 3: -print (this clears the bit)
\def\FNoView{32}        % bit 6: no view
\def\FLock{128}         % bit 8: locked field (PDF 1.4)
%    \end{macrocode}
%\paragraph*{Notes:}\par
%\noindent\begin{tabular}{ll}
% Visible (and printable)      &|\F\FPrint|\\
%Hidden but printable          &|\F\FNoView|\\
%Visible but doesn't print     &|\F\FNoPrint|\\
%Hidden (and does not print)   &|\F\FHidden|
%\end{tabular}
%
%\subsubsection{Field Flags \texttt{/Ff} Definitions}\label{Ff}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\FfReadOnly{1}                   % all
\def\FfRequired{2}                   % all
\def\FfNoExport{4}                   % all
\def\FfMultiline{4096}               % text
\def\FfPassword{8192}                % text
\def\FfNoToggleToOff{16384}          % radio
\def\FfRadio{32768}                  % radio
\def\FfPushButton{65536}             % Push button
\def\FfCombo{131072}                 % choice
\def\FfEdit{262144}                  % combo
\def\FfSort{524288}                  % choice
\def\FfFileSelect{1048576}           % text (PDF 1.4)
\def\FfMultiSelect{2097152}          % choice (PDF 1.4)
\def\FfDoNotSpellCheck{4194304}      % text, combo (PDF 1.4)
\def\FfDoNotScroll{8388608}          % text (PDF 1.4)
\def\FfComb{16777216}                % text (PDF 1.5)
\def\FfRadiosInUnison{33554432}      % radio (PDF 1.5)
\def\FfCommitOnSelChange{67108864}   % choice (PDF 1.5)
\def\FfRichText{33554432}            % radio (PDF 1.5)
%    \end{macrocode}
% The keys \texttt{/F} and \texttt{/Ff} will be additive, that is,
% for example, \verb+\F\FHidden\F\FPrint+ will get \texttt{/F 6},
% a field that is both printable and hidden. These are the only
% flags that are additive this way. The following to macros
% are supportive of the additivity.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\getFfValue/Ff#1\@nil{\def\eq@FfValue{#1}}
\def\getFValue/F#1\@nil{\def\eq@FValue{#1}}
\def\@getCmdName#1{\edef\@CmdName{\expandafter\@gobble\string#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsection{The \texorpdfstring{\protect\cs{every\dots}}{\textbackslash{every...}} Commands}
%
%    \begin{macro}{\everyTextField}
%    \begin{macro}{\everySigField}
% Insert optional arguments for every \cs{textField}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\everyTextField}[1]{\def\every@TextField{#1}}
\def\every@TextField{}
\newcommand{\everySigField}[1]{\def\every@sigField{#1}}
\def\every@sigField{}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\everyCheckBox}
% Here, you can control the appearance of all the standard checkboxes, also
% effects radio fields of shortquiz and quiz.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\everyCheckBox}[1]{\def\every@CheckBox{#1}}
\def\every@CheckBox{}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\everyRadioButton}
% Pass key-values to every radio button through this key.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\everyRadioButton}[1]{\def\every@RadioButton{#1}}
\def\every@RadioButton{}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\everyButtonField}
%    \begin{macro}{\everyPushButton}
%    \begin{macro}{\everyListBox}
%    \begin{macro}{\everyComboBox}
%    \begin{macro}{\everyLink}
% Here, you can control the appearance of all the standard buttons.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\everyButtonField}[1]{\def\every@ButtonField{#1}}
\def\every@ButtonField{}
\newcommand{\everyPushButton}[1]{\def\every@PushButton{#1}}
\def\every@PushButton{}
\newcommand{\everyListBox}[1]{\def\every@listBox{#1}}
\newcommand{\everyComboBox}[1]{\def\every@comboBox{#1}}
\def\every@listBox{}\def\every@comboBox{}
\newcommand{\everyLink}[1]{\def\every@Link{#1}}
\def\every@Link{}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%
% \subsection{Set Field Properties}
%
% These are the two commands that process the field properties. This is
% done by calling \cs{processAppArgs} to loop through pairs of tokens
% and executing them, as explained in the discussion of \cs{processAppArgs}.
% \medskip\par\noindent
% The \DescribeMacro{\ef@djXPD}\cs{ef@djXPD} command attempts to reduce the size of a form field created by \app{xelatex} so its
% dimensions are consistent with what \app{pdflatex}/\app{Distiller} produce.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\ef@adjrectWH#1{\dimen@ii#1\relax
    \ifx\eq@rectW\@empty\else
        \eflength\eq@rectW\relax
        \advance\eflength\dimen@ii
        \edef\eq@rectW{\the\eflength}%
        \eflength\eq@rectH\relax
        \advance\eflength\dimen@ii
        \edef\eq@rectH{\the\eflength}%
    \fi
}
\def\ef@djXPD{\ifxetex\ifmakeXasPD\ef@adjrectWH{2\b@}\fi
    \else\ifmakePDasX\ef@adjrectWH{-2\b@}\fi\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macro}{\eq@setButtonProps}
% This macro measure the width of the largest text on defined for the
% button, and then passes the this info on to a driver specific macro
% \#1, the first parameter.
%\begin{verbatim}
% #1 is the driver specific macro to build the button widget
% #2 are the button properties
%\end{verbatim}
%\DescribeMacro\btnSpcr\hskip-\marginparsep\texttt{\darg{\ameta{content}}} Adds space on either
%side of a pushbutton caption; the amount of the spacing is the width of \ameta{content} in the current
%current font, the fontsize is the one determined by the \cs{textSize} key.
%\changes{v2.5m}{2012/01/27}{Added \string\cs{ef@btnspcr} to give user
% ability to adjust the spacing around text for a button.}
% \changes{v2.3.5}{2020/09/15}{Added \string\cs{tbnSpcr} to populate \string\cs{eq@btnspcr}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\btnSpcr#1{\def\ef@btnspcr{#1}}
\def\ef@btnspcr{}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \subsubsection{Enhanced preview}\label{pmpv}
%\changes{v2.10}{2019/03/16}{Added \string\cs{pmpvOn} and \string\cs{pmpvOff}, changed from
% \string\cs{pmcaOn} and \string\cs{pmcaOff}}
%\changes{v2.10}{2019/03/16}{Alias for \string\cs{pmcaOn} and \string\cs{pmpvOn}, etc.}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@ifundefined{ifefpmpv}{\newif\ifefpmpv\efpmpvfalse}{}
\def\pmpvOn{\efpmpvtrue\PackageInfo{eforms}
  {Turning on enhanced preview (\string\pmpvOn)}}\let\pmcaOn\pmpvOn
\def\pmpvOff{\efpmpvfalse\PackageInfo{eforms}
  {Turning off enhanced preview (\string\pvpmOff)}}\let\pmcaOff\pmpvOff
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Enhanced preview attempts to typeset into the document the value of the \cs{CA} key (for push buttons)
%    and the \cs{V} key for text fields and choice fields. This is useful for those using a non-conforming
%    PDF reader such as \app{sumatraPDF}. The enhanced preview is activated by expanding \cs{pmpvOn}
%    (\textbf{p}oor \textbf{m}an's \textbf{p}re\textbf{v}iew). A summary of the effects is describe below.\medskip
%    \begin{description}
%    \item[push buttons] The \cs{CA} entry is always
%    displayed; however, when the \emph{background color \emph{(\cs{BG})} is transparent}, the key-value entry generated by \cs{CA}
%    \emph{is removed}. This is to avoid two overlaying captions, one typeset into the document, the other part
%    of the button appearance.
%    \item[text and choice fields] The \cs{V} entry \emph{is set to empty} (when \cs{pmpvOn} is active),
%    but the value of the \cs{V} key is typeset into the document; this is to avoid two overlaying
%    values within the field. There is one special case, when the field is \emph{hidden}; in this case,
%    the value of the field is restored. Hidden text fields are used by the \pkg{acrotex} packages to hold
%    information that can later be retrieved.
%    \item[check box and radio button fields] These two cases are handled similar to \textbf{choice fields}. For these
%    types of fields, the values is typically a mark: a check, an cross, a star, and so on. For preview purposes,
%    \pkg{eforms} defines the declarative command \cs{pmpvMrk} that takes one argument, the mark to be used. The
%    package declares |\pmpvMrk{X}|, another good choice is |\pmpvMrk{$\checkmark$}|.
%    \end{description}
%    With respect to the enhanced preview, the local command \cs{tops}, used within the argument of \cs{V} or \cs{CA}, is
%    \cs{let} to \cs{texorpdfstring}. Use \DescribeMacro\tops\cs{tops} to offer an alternate text to the value of \cs{CA}
%    of \cs{V}. The \cs{V} key of radio button and check box fields do not handle the \cs{tops} command.
%
%    For example,
%    \begin{quote}\small
%       |\pushButton[\CA{\tops{Tap Me}{Push Me}}]{pbFld}{}{11bp}|
%    \end{quote}
%    This button will preview with the caption as `Tap Me', but will appear within
%    a conforming PDF reader as `Push Me'; however, if the background color is
%    transparent (|\BG{}|), `Tap Me' will be the (typeset) caption even in a
%    conforming PDF reader. (This is to avoid overlaying captions.) It is
%    important\marginpar{\raggedleft \textbf{Important!}} to say that the final
%    document should be compiled with \cs{previewOff} and \cs{pmpvOff} opened in
%    \app{Adobe Reader} and saved to obtain proper appearances of the form
%    fields.
%
%    The arguments of \cs{CA} and \cs{V} should be text, and must note have any {\TeX} formatting
%    like \cs{textbf}, \cs{textit}, and so on. That's not to say such formatting cannot be obtained.
%    There is an undocumented macro, \DescribeMacro\pmpvFmt\cs{pmpvFmt} that takes one argument, the argument being the
%    enhanced preview text. To illustrate its usage, we use the above example,
%    \begin{quote}\small
%       |\pushButton[\cmd{\let\pmpvFmt\textbf}|\\
%       \null\quad|\CA{\tops{Tap Me}{Push Me}}]{pbFld}{}{11bp}|
%    \end{quote}
%    Now, the enhanced preview will read `\textbf{Tap Me}'. Pass |\let\pmpvFmt\textbf| through
%    the \cs{cmd} key, the changes are local to the field.
%    \changes{v2.11}{2019/05/24}{Enhanced preview introduced}
%
%    \subsubsection{Set push button properties}
%    \leavevmode\DescribeMacro\ef@adjcapfont^^A
%    When \cs{pmpvOn} is expanded, the caption text is previewed, we try to adjust
%    the typeset caption font size to match the font size used by the push button.
%    \changes{v2.3.5}{2020/09/15}{Added \string\cs{ef@adjcapfont}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\ef@adjcapfont{%
  \dimen@=\eq@textSize\b@
  \dimen@1.00375\dimen@
  \edef\eq@textSize@pt{\strip@pt\dimen@}%
  \fontsize{\eq@textSize@pt}{0}\selectfont
}
\def\eq@setButtonProps#1#2{\makeJSspecials
  \processAppArgs#2\end\@nil  % set widget properties
%    \end{macrocode}
%    If \cs{eq@rectW} is not a positive dimension, mark it as empty.
%    \changes{v2.3.5}{2020/09/15}{If \string\cs{rectW} is not a positive dimension,
%    make it empty for push buttons.}
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \ifx\eq@rectW\@empty\else
    \ifdim\eq@rectW>0pt \else\let\eq@rectW\@empty\fi\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Re-scale dimensions as requested. If \cs{eq@rectW} is empty, then the width is calculated
%    from the \cs{CA} key; re-scaling is ignored in this case.
%    \changes{v2.3.5}{2020/09/15}{Added \string\cs{ef@optscale}}
%    \changes{v2.3.5}{2020/09/15}{If \string\cs{rectW} is not a positive dimension,
%    make it empty for push buttons.}
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \ifx\eq@rectW\@empty\else\expandafter\ef@optscale\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Coordinate the values of \cs{BC} and \cs{W}, if one is empty
%    the other is too.
%    \changes{v2.9f}{2017/01/01}{BC=empty iff W=0 or empty}
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \ifx\eq@BC\@empty\@eqW{}\else
    \if\eq@W@value0\let\eq@BC\@empty\fi\fi
  \Hy@pdfstringfalse
  \ifx\eq@rectW\@empty
    \ifnum\eq@textSize=0 \else
%    \end{macrocode}
% If \cs{rectW} is empty and \cs{textSize} is not zero, we calculate with
% width of the caption on the button by first adjusting the font size
% to properly gauge the width of the text. This may not be really accurate
% because the font used by tex will no doubt be different from the font used
% by the button.
%    \begin{macrocode}
      \ef@adjcapfont
    \fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% If the button is beveled, we pad the width by 2 times the width of the border,
% the beveled edge taking up a width approx equal to the border.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \dimen@\eq@W@value\b@
    \def\eq@S@B{B}\ifx\eq@S@value\eq@S@B
      \def\eq@btn@sp{\hbox to2\dimen@{\hfill}}%
    \else
      \def\eq@btn@sp{\hbox to\dimen@{\hfill}}%
    \fi
    \Hy@pdfstringtrue
    \expandafter\def\expandafter
      \ef@btnspcr\expandafter{\ef@btnspcr\eq@btn@sp}%
    \sbox{\eq@tmpbox}{\ef@btnspcr\eq@CA\ef@btnspcr}%
      \eq@tmpdima=\wd\eq@tmpbox
    \sbox{\eq@tmpbox}{\ef@btnspcr\eq@RC\ef@btnspcr}%
    \ifdim\eq@tmpdima>\wd\eq@tmpbox\else
      \eq@tmpdima=\wd\eq@tmpbox\fi%
    \sbox{\eq@tmpbox}{\ef@btnspcr\eq@AC\ef@btnspcr}%
    \ifdim\eq@tmpdima>\wd\eq@tmpbox\else
      \eq@tmpdima=\wd\eq@tmpbox\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
%    (2017/01/22) If X-like, increase by 2bp
%    \changes{v2.9k}{2017/01/22}{If X-like, increase by 2bp}
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \ifmakePDasX\advance\eq@tmpdima2\b@\fi
    \wd\eq@tmpbox=\eq@tmpdima
  \else % if \eq@rectW is not \@empty
    \wd\eq@tmpbox=\eq@rectW
  \fi
%    \end{macrocode}
%    (2016/12/22) \cs{ef@djXPD} adjusts the size of the field dimensions, if \cs{makeXasPD} is true.\\
%    (2019/03/16) Insert \cs{PMPV} if \cs{if@efpmpv} is true.
%    \changes{v2.10}{2019/03/16}{Insert \string\cs{PMPV} if \string\cs{if@efpmpv} is true}
%    \changes{v2.11}{2019/05/24}{Added \string\cs{ef@isBGtransparent}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \ifefpmpv\Hy@pdfstringfalse
%    \end{macrocode}
%    If this push button has a transparent background, we remove the \texttt{/CA} key.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \ifx\ef@isBGtransparent\ef@YES
      \let\ef@kvCA\@empty\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Adjust the font size for the preview text.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \ifx\ef@CApv\ef@YES\ef@adjcapfont\PMPV{\eq@CA}\fi\fi
  \ef@djXPD#1%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \subsubsection{Set other properties of other fields}
%    \begin{macro}{\eq@setWidgetProps}
% Same as \cmd{\eq@setButtonProps} but does not measure the width of the
% field.  Simply lays in the optional parameters that modify the appearance
% then calls the driver specific macro to build the widget.
%\begin{verbatim}
% #1 is the driver specific macro to build the widget
% #2 are the widget properties
%\end{verbatim}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@setWidgetProps#1#2{\makeJSspecials
  \processAppArgs#2\end\@nil  % set widget properties
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Coordinate the values of \cs{BC} and \cs{W}, if one is empty
%    the other is too. This rule does not apply to links.
%    \changes{v2.9f}{2017/01/01}{BC=empty iff W=0 or empty}
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \ifx\annot@type@link\annot@type\else
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Re-scale dimensions as requested
%    \changes{v2.3.5}{2020/09/15}{Added \string\cs{ef@optscale}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \ef@optscale
    \ifx\eq@BC\@empty\@eqW{}\else
    \if\eq@W@value0\let\eq@BC\@empty\fi\fi
  \fi
%    \end{macrocode}
%    (2016/12/22) \cs{ef@djXPD} adjusts the size of the field dimensions, if \cs{makeXasPD} is true.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \ef@lateWidgetOpts
  \ifefpmpv\Hy@pdfstringfalse
%    \end{macrocode}
%     Having an enhanced preview generates several problems. Text fields are sometimes hidden and their values
%     are used to store information. So, if the field is hidden, we give no enhanced preview.
%     \changes{v2.11}{2019/05/24}{Enhanced preview for text and choice fields}
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \ifx\ef@isHidden\ef@YES
%    \end{macrocode}
%     This is a tricky part. The value \cs{eq@VSAVE} was earlier \cs{let} to the original value
%     of \cs{eq@V} (at that time, we set \cs{eq@V} to \cs{@empty}), now we restore its original
%     value now that we know this field is hidden.
%    \begin{macrocode}
      \let\eq@V\eq@VSAVE\else
      \ifx\ef@Vpv\ef@YES\PMPV{\pmpvV}\fi\fi
  \fi
  \global\let\ef@lateWidgetOpts\relax
  \ef@djXPD#1%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
% We now begin creating various commands for creating Acrobat Form fields. These
% fall into four categories: \hyperref[choice]{Choice Fields} (list box and the combo box),
% \hyperref[button]{Button Fields} (push button, check box, and radio button), \hyperref[textfield]{Text Fields},
% and \hyperref[sigfield]{Signature Fields}.
%
% Each of these fields has an optional first parameter which is used to
% change the appearance properties of the field, to set action of the
% field, and so on.  For this optional parameter, we sanitize certain
% characters so they can be used in, for example, urls, or JavaScript strings.
%\changes{v2.5k}{2011/01/19}
%{%
%   Added double quotes as other to the \string\cs{ef@sanitize@toks} command to
%   keep Babel from changing the JavaScript string. This definition remains
%   in effect only for the optional argument for form fields and links.
%}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\ef@sanitize@toks{\@makeother\~\@makeother\#\@makeother\&%
    \@makeother\"\@makeother\_}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macro}{\efKern}
% A convenience macro to adjust spacing between fields.
%\begin{itemize}
%   \item \texttt{\#1} is the spacing for non-\app{xelatex} apps
%   \item \texttt{\#2} is the spacing for \app{xelatex}
%\end{itemize}
% The \app{xelatex} application includes the border width as part of the bounding rectangle
%dimensions; all other PDF creators do not include the border as part of the dimensions
%of the bounding rectangle. As a result, this wider boundary is known to {\TeX} as it lays out the line. For
% non-\app{xelatex} applications, the boundary width is \emph{invisible} to {\TeX}. The command \cs{ef@adjHWxetex} tries to
% adjust the dimensions for \app{xelatex} so the form field dimensions are the same over all platforms. The boundary
% is still ``visible'' in {\TeX} space.
%
%\paragraph*{Sample uses:}
%\begin{enumerate}
%   \item Two contiguous fields of the same border color \verb!\efKern{1bp}{-1bp}!. The right and
%         left borders exactly overlap.
%   \item Two contiguous fields of different border colors \verb!\efKern{2bp}{0bp}!. The right
% and left border are contiguous but do not overlap.
%\end{enumerate}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\efKern[2]{\ifxetex\kern#2\else\kern#1\fi}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    The use of \cs{efKern} has been largely subsumed by \cs{olBdry} and \cs{cgBdry}, however.
%    \DescribeMacro{\olBdry}\cs{olBdry} and \DescribeMacro{\cgBdry}\cs{cgBdry}
%    are convenience commands to setting the gap between two contiguous fields.
%    \cs{olBdry} gives positions the fields so that the boundary lines overlap
%    (ol) and \cs{cgBdry} positions the field so the boundary lines are
%    contiguous (cg).
%    \changes{v2.9d}{2016/12/22}{Added \string\cs{olBdry} and\string\cs{cgBdry}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\olBdry{\bgroup\ifxetex
  \@tempdima-\g@eq@W@value@bp
  \edef\@mtkern{\the\@tempdima}\else
  \@tempdima2\b@\advance\@tempdima-\g@eq@W@value@bp
  \edef\@mtkern{\the\@tempdima}\fi\kern\@mtkern\egroup
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \DescribeMacro\cgBdry\hskip-\marginparsep\texttt{[\ameta{length}]}
%    This command inserts spacing between to fields so they are
%    contiguous (boundary-to-boundary); it insert additional space based in the
%    optional argument \ameta{length}. Normally, when the boundaries are the same
%    color, \cs{olBdry} is used; otherwise, \cs{cgBdry} looks best.
%    \changes{v2.9h}{2017/01/15}{Add optional argument to \string\cs{cgBdry}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\cgBdry[1][0\b@]{\bgroup\def\ef@rgi{#1}\ifx\ef@rgi\@empty
  \def\ef@rgi{0\b@}\fi\setlength{\@tempdima}{\ef@rgi}%
  \ifxetex\else\addtolength{\@tempdima}{2\b@}\fi
  \kern\@tempdima\egroup\ignorespaces}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \DescribeMacro{\volBdry}\cs{volBdry} and \DescribeMacro{\vcgBdry}\cs{vcgBdry}
%    are convenience commands to setting the gap between two vertically oriented fields.
%    \cs{volBdry} gives positions the fields so that the boundary lines overlap
%    (ol) and \cs{vcgBdry} positions the field so the boundary lines are
%    contiguous (cg).
%    \changes{v2.9h}{2017/01/15}{Added \string\cs{volBdry} and\string\cs{vcgBdry}}
%    \changes{v2.9n}{2017/09/04}{Added \string\cs{efSupprIndent}}
%    \changes{v2.3.3}{2020/04/15}{Use \string\cs{toks@} in \string\cs{efSupprIndent};
%     use of \string\cs{ef@scratchtoks} proved to be a problem.}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\efSupprIndent}{\toks@=\expandafter{\the\everypar}%
  \everypar{{\setbox\z@\lastbox}\clubpenalty\@M
  \everypar=\expandafter{\the\toks@}}}
\newcommand\volBdry{\bgroup\parskip0pt\relax\@@par\nointerlineskip
  \olBdry\egroup\efSupprIndent}
\newcommand\vcgBdry{\@ifstar{\edef\ef@offset{\the\parskip}\vcgBdry@i}
  {\def\ef@offset{0pt}\vcgBdry@i}}
\newcommand\vcgBdry@i[1][0bp]{\bgroup
  \setlength{\ef@dimena}{#1-\ef@offset}\parskip0pt\relax
  \par\nointerlineskip\cgBdry[\ef@dimena]%
  \egroup\ignorespaces\efSupprIndent}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsection{Choice Fields}\label{choice}
%
% This is the form template used for all choice fields, list box and combo box. Within
% the optional argument, the following aliases are used: \cs{nameuse} for \cs{@nameuse}
% and \cs{tops} for \cs{texorpdfstring}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\common@choiceCode{%
  /Subtype/Widget
  /T (\Fld@name)
  /FT/Ch
  \eq@Ff
  \eq@F
  \eq@TU
  \eq@TI
  /BS << \eq@W\eq@S >>
  /MK <<\eq@R\eq@BC\eq@BG\eq@mkIns>>
  /DA (\eq@DA)
  /Opt [\eq@Opt]
  \eq@DV\eq@V
  \eq@A\eq@AA
  \eq@rawPDF
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Sets the dimensions of the fields/links based on \texttt{\#1} (width)
% and \texttt{\#2} (height).
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eqf@setDimens#1#2{\@eqrectW{#1}\@eqrectH{#2}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The \cs{ef@pdfstrCLOpt} command runs the option array for list and combo box through
% \cs{pdfstringdef}. There are two forms:
% \begin{enumerate}
%   \item |[(1)(Zur Info)][(2)(Bitte um R\"{u}cksprache)]|
%   \item |(Zur Info)(Bitte um R\"{u}cksprache)|
%\end{enumerate}
% In the code below, we distinguish these two cases based on the first character:
% if \texttt{[} then it is form (1), otherwise, it is form (2). The \cs{pdfstringdef}
% will convert the accented character \verb!\"{u}! into a PD1 character. (2015/06/06)
% the token \DescribeMacro\passthruCLOpts\cs{passthruCLOpts} is used to pass through
% raw option syntax for combo and list boxes; this allows a unicode notation.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\ef@@nil\relax
\def\@gobbleto@@nil#1\ef@@nil{}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% When \cs{passthruCLOpts} (or \texttt{*}) is used, there may be a
% lingering space that survives after the closing right brace of the
% argument, we attempt to absorb it with \cs{@gobbleto@@nil} immediately
% after the \cs{g@addto@macro}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\long\def\g@addto@macrogobble#1#2{\g@addto@macro{#1}{#2}\@gobbleto@@nil}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \changes{v2.8a}{2015/07/15}{New def for \string\cs{passthruCLOpts}, and modified
% \cs{ef@pdfstrCLOpts} and its spawn.}
% (2015/07/15) New def for \cs{passthruCLOpts}, and modified \cs{ef@pdfstrCLOpts} and its spawn.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\passthruCLOpts{*}
\def\ef@pdfstrCLOpt{\Hy@unicodefalse\def\eq@Opt{}\ef@pdfstrCLOpti}
\def\ef@pdfstrCLOpti{\@ifnextchar\ef@@nil{\@gobble}{\ef@pdfstrCLOptia}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The final argument of \cs{comboBox} or \cs{listBox} is any of three forms.
%\begin{verbatim}
% {[(1)(Socks)][(2)(Shoes)][(3)(Pants)][(4)(Shirts)][(5)(Tie)]}
% {(Socks)(Shoes)(Pants)(Shirts)(Tie)}
% {\passthruCLOpts{%
%   [(Euro)<\unicodeStr(myEuro)>]%
%   [(Yen)<\unicodeStr(myYen)>]%
%   [(Sheqel)<\unicodeStr(mySheqel)>]%
%   [(Pound)<\unicodeStr(myPound)>]%
%   [(Franc)<\unicodeStr(myFranc)>]}
%\end{verbatim}
% As long as the first token is not \cs{passthruCLOpts}, the argument may also be
% a combination of the first two, such as
%\begin{verbatim}
%   {[(1)(Socks)](Shoes)[(3)(Pants)](Shirts)[(5)(Tie)]}
%\end{verbatim}
% The  trick is to identify the first token of the group (\texttt{[} or \texttt{(}).
% When the first token is \cs{passthruCLOpts}, the extensive parse does not take place,
% and the whole argument just passes to \cs{eq@Opt}.
%\medskip\noindent
% If next char is `\texttt{[}' then we have an array element of the form
% \verb![(val)(appr)]!, we \cs{@gobble} the left brace in this case. If
% the next char is not a left bracket, go to next state.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\ef@pdfstrCLOptia{\@ifnextchar[{\expandafter
  \ef@pdfstrOptWBii\@gobble}{\ef@pdfstrCLOptb}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% If not a left bracket, check for \cs{passthruCLOpts}, which expands to `\texttt{*}'.
% If `\texttt{*}', then we pass the whole argument to \cs{eq@Opt} and end parsing. If
% not `\texttt{*}', check for parentheses.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\ef@pdfstrCLOptb{\@ifstar{\g@addto@macrogobble\eq@Opt}
  {\ef@pdfstrOptWPi}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%\changes{v2.6d}{2014/04/26}{Added additional parsing, so spaces
% can occur between arguments.}
% (2014/04/26) Added additional parsing, so spaces
% can occur between arguments.
%\par\medskip\noindent
% Following a bracket, the next token can only be a left parenthesis, if not error.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\ef@pdfstrOptWBii{%
  \@ifnextchar({\ef@pdfstrOptWBiia}{\PackageError{eforms}
    {Left parenthesis expected here}{}}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% We process the element of the form by pushing \verb![(val)(appr)]! onto the
% \cs{eq@Opt} stack.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\ef@pdfstrOptWBiia(#1){%
  \g@addto@macro\eq@Opt{[(}%
  \pdfstringdef\@optTokstemp{#1}%
  \expandafter\g@addto@macro\expandafter\eq@Opt
    \expandafter{\@optTokstemp}%
  \@ifnextchar({\ef@pdfstrOptWBiib}{\PackageError{eforms}
    {Left parenthesis expected here}{}}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Get the second element of the array, which is enclosed in parentheses.
% push its value onto the stack too.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\ef@pdfstrOptWBiib(#1){%
  \g@addto@macro\eq@Opt{)(}%
  \pdfstringdef\@optTokstemp{#1}%
  \expandafter\g@addto@macro\expandafter\eq@Opt
    \expandafter{\@optTokstemp}%
  \g@addto@macro\eq@Opt{)]}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Now after removing the final right bracket, return to the beginning,
% which is the \cs{ef@pdfstrCLOpti} command.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \expandafter\ef@pdfstrCLOpti\@gobble}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Process the purely parentheses version of the array.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\ef@pdfstrOptWPi{\@ifnextchar\ef@@nil{\@gobble}{\ef@pdfstrOptWPii}}
\def\ef@pdfstrOptWPii(#1){%
  \g@addto@macro\eq@Opt{(}%
  \pdfstringdef\@optTokstemp{#1}%
  \expandafter\g@addto@macro\expandafter\eq@Opt
    \expandafter{\@optTokstemp}%
  \g@addto@macro\eq@Opt{)}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% Return to the beginning, \cs{ef@pdfstrCLOpti}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \ef@pdfstrCLOpti}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \subsubsection{List Box}\label{listbox}
%
%\changes{v2.4}{2020/11/28}{Allow \cs{list@@Box} to obey \string\cs{pdfStringsOn}}
%
% The main list box code that can be used to build list box commands, such as
% \cs{listBox}, defined below. Within
% the optional argument, the following aliases are used: \cs{nameuse} for \cs{@nameuse}
% and \cs{tops} for \cs{texorpdfstring}.
%\begin{Verbatim}[xleftmargin=\parindent,fontsize=\small,
%commandchars=!(),codes={\catcode`\%=9}]
%#1 = !textsf(optional, used to enter any modification of the appearance/actions)
%#2 = !textsf(the title of the button field)
%#3 = !textsf(the width of the bounding rectangle)
%#4 = !textsf(the height of the bounding rectangle)
%#5 = !textsf(list of key-values for list/combo box)
%#6 = !textsf(not used)
%#7 = !textsf(set props and driver macros)
%#8 = !textsf(every macros)
%\end{Verbatim}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\annot@type@listbox{listbox}
\bgroup\obeyspaces
\gdef\list@@Box{\begingroup\global\let =\pdfSP
\ef@sanitize@toks\list@@@Box}\egroup
\newcommand\list@@@Box[8]{\endgroup\begingroup
  \let\nameuse\@nameuse\let\tops\texorpdfstring
  \edef\annot@type{\annot@type@listbox}%
  \pdfstringdef\Fld@name{#2}\dl@paramlocal
%    \end{macrocode}
% Run \texttt{\#5} through \cs{ef@pdfstrCLOpt}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \expandafter\ef@pdfstrCLOpt#5\ef@@nil
  \ifefpmpv\let\eq@Opt\@empty\fi
  \eqf@setDimens{#3}{#4}%
  \def\eq@DA{\eq@textFont\space\eq@textSize\space Tf \eq@textColor}%
  \@processEvery#8\end\noindent#6#7{#1}}
\bgroup\obeyspaces
\gdef\listBox{\global\let =\dl@sp@ce}\egroup
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macro}{\listBox}\hskip-\marginparsep
%    \texttt{[\ameta{options}]\darg{\ameta{fld-name}}\darg{\ameta{wd}}^^A
%    \darg{\ameta{ht}}\darg{\ameta{face-export-list}}} The user interface to creating a list box field.
%\begin{Verbatim}[xleftmargin=\parindent,fontsize=\small,
%commandchars=!(),codes={\catcode`\%=9}]
%#1 = !textsf(optional, used to enter any modification of the appearance/actions)
%#2 = !textsf(the title of the list box field)
%#3 = !textsf(the width of the bounding rectangle)
%#4 = !textsf(the height of the bounding rectangle)
%#5 = !textsf(the face values/export values of list)
%\end{Verbatim}
%\noindent Below are the default settings for the list box
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\listBoxDefaults{\W{1}\S{I}\F{\FPrint}\BC{0 0 0}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% We \cs{let} space to \cs{pdfSP}, to convert tex space to pdf space (\cs{040})
% We sanitize the optional first parameter.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\bgroup\obeyspaces
\gdef\listBox{\begingroup\global\let =\pdfSP
\ef@sanitize@toks\ef@listbox}\egroup
%    \end{macrocode}
% Now capture the rest of the parameters, and pass them all to the low
% level \cs{list@@Box}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\ef@listbox[5][]{\endgroup
  \mbox{\list@@Box{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{}{\eq@setWidgetProps
    \eq@choice@driver}{\listBoxDefaults\every@listBox}}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
% \subsubsection{Combo Box}\label{combobox}
%
%\changes{v2.4}{2020/11/28}{Allow \cs{combo@@Box} to obey \string\cs{pdfStringsOn}}
%
% Within the optional argument, the following aliases are used: \cs{nameuse} for \cs{@nameuse}
% and \cs{tops} for \cs{texorpdfstring}.
%\begin{Verbatim}[xleftmargin=\parindent,fontsize=\small,
%commandchars=!(),codes={\catcode`\%=9}]
%#1 = !textsf(optional, used to enter any modification of the appearance/actions)
%#2 = !textsf(the title of the button field)
%#3 = !textsf(the width of the bounding rectangle)
%#4 = !textsf(the height of the bounding rectangle)
%#5 = !textsf(list of key-values for list/combo box)
%#6 = !textsf(not used)
%#7 = !textsf(set props and driver macros)
%#8 = !textsf(every macros)
%\end{Verbatim}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\annot@type@combobox{combobox}
\bgroup\obeyspaces
\gdef\combo@@Box{\begingroup\global\let =\pdfSP
\ef@sanitize@toks\combo@@@Box}\egroup
\newcommand\combo@@@Box[8]{\endgroup\begingroup
  \let\nameuse\@nameuse\let\tops\texorpdfstring
  \edef\annot@type{\annot@type@combobox}%
  \@eqFf{\FfCombo}\pdfstringdef\Fld@name{#2}\dl@paramlocal
%    \end{macrocode}
% Run \texttt{\#5} through \cs{ef@pdfstrCLOpt}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \expandafter\ef@pdfstrCLOpt#5\ef@@nil
  \ifefpmpv\let\eq@Opt\@empty\fi
  \eqf@setDimens{#3}{#4}%
  \def\eq@DA{\eq@textFont\space\eq@textSize\space Tf \eq@textColor}%
  \@processEvery#8\end\noindent#6#7{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macro}{\comboBox}\hskip-\marginparsep
%    \texttt{[\ameta{options}]\darg{\ameta{fld-name}}\darg{\ameta{wd}}^^A
%    \darg{\ameta{ht}}\darg{\ameta{face-export-list}}}\\
% A general combo box command.
%\begin{Verbatim}[xleftmargin=\parindent,fontsize=\small,
%commandchars=!(),codes={\catcode`\%=9}]
%#1 = !textsf(optional, used to enter any modification of the appearance/actions)
%#2 = !textsf(the title of the radio field)
%#3 = !textsf(the width of the bounding rectangle)
%#4 = !textsf(the height of the bounding rectangle)
%#5 = !textsf(the face values/export values of combo box)
%\end{Verbatim}
%\noindent The default settings for the \cs{comboBox}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\comboBoxDefaults{\W{1}\S{I}\F{\FPrint}\BC{0 0 0}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% We sanitize the optional first parameter.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\bgroup\obeyspaces
\gdef\comboBox{\begingroup\global\let =\pdfSP
\ef@sanitize@toks\ef@combobox}\egroup
%    \end{macrocode}
% Close group, get rest of the arguments.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\ef@combobox[5][]{\endgroup
  \mbox{\combo@@Box{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{}{\eq@setWidgetProps
    \eq@choice@driver}{\comboBoxDefaults\every@comboBox}}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
% \subsection{Button Fields}\label{button}
% Here is the field template for push button fields. Within
% the optional argument, the following aliases are used: \cs{nameuse} for \cs{@nameuse}
% and \cs{tops} for \cs{texorpdfstring}.\par\medskip\noindent
% (2018/11/10) \cs{eq@APX} determines if \cs{eq@I} is empty, if not we supply the normal appearance
% for the button to be the same appearance as set by \cs{eq@I}.
% \changes{v2.9.21}{2018/11/10}{Introduce \string\cs{eq@APX} an `intelligent' AP key}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@APX{\ifx\eq@I\@empty\eq@AP\else
  /AP<< \expandafter\get@NIR\eq@I\@nil\space>>\fi}
\def\get@NIR/#1 #2\@nil{/N #2}
\def\common@pushButtonCode{%
  /Subtype/Widget
  /T (\Fld@name)
  /FT/Btn
  \eq@Ff
  \eq@TU
  \eq@H
  \eq@F
  /BS <<\eq@W\eq@S >>
%    \end{macrocode}
%   (2018/11/10) Remove conditional \string\cs{eq@AP}, some PDF viewers
%    use AP to build the normal appearance for buttons.
%    \changes{v2.9.21}{2018/11/10}{Remove conditional \string\cs{eq@AP}
%    in \string\cs{common@pushButtonCode}}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  /MK <<\eq@R\eq@BC\eq@BG%
    \ef@kvCA\ef@kvRC\ef@kvAC\eq@IconMK\eq@mkIns>>
  \eq@APX
  /DA (\eq@DA)
  \eq@A\eq@AA
  \eq@rawPDF
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Here is the field template for check boxes and radio button fields fields.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\radio@parent{%
  /DA (\eq@DA)%
  /FT/Btn%
  \eq@Ff%
  \eq@TU%
  \eq@DV%
\expandafter\ifx\csname kids@\Fld@name\endcsname\relax\else
  /Kids [\@nameuse{kids@\Fld@name}]%
\fi
\ifx\ef@multigroupradios\ef@YES
\expandafter\ifx\csname radio@\Fld@name\endcsname\relax\else
  /Opt[\@nameuse{radio@\Fld@name}]\fi\fi
  /T(\Fld@name)%
  \eq@V
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\common@RadioCode{%
  /Subtype/Widget
\ifuseNewRadios
  \expandafter\ifx\csname radio@\Fld@name\endcsname\relax\else
  /Parent \@nameuse{parent@\Fld@name}\fi
\else
  /T (\Fld@name)
  /FT/Btn
  \eq@Ff
  \eq@F
  \eq@TU
  \eq@DV\eq@V
  /DA (\eq@DA)
\fi
  /BS <<\eq@W\eq@S>>
\ifx\eq@AP\@empty
  /AP<< /N <<\eq@On<<>>>> >>
  \eq@MK
\else
    \eq@AP
\fi
  \eq@AS
%  \eq@DV\eq@V
  \eq@A\eq@AA
  \eq@rawPDF
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\common@CheckCode{%
  /Subtype/Widget
  /T (\Fld@name)
  /FT/Btn
  \eq@Ff
  \eq@F
  \eq@TU
  /BS <<\eq@W\eq@S>>
%    \end{macrocode}
% \changes{v1.0d}{2007/09/01}{%
%    Corrected a problem with radio buttons. The problem was created by earlier
%    changes so that the \string\textbf{AP} key could play a greater role in creating
%    different appearances.
%}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ifx\eq@AP\@empty
  /AP<< /N <<\eq@On<<>>>> >>
  \eq@MK
\else
    \eq@AP
\fi
  /DA (\eq@DA)
  \eq@AS
  \eq@DV\eq@V
  \eq@A\eq@AA
  \eq@rawPDF
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \subsubsection{Push Button}\label{pushbutton}
% Here is the basic command for creating a button field. This is the building block
% for all other buttons.
%\changes{v2.0b}{2008/06/19}
%{
%   Added code to take the dimensions and pass them through
%   \string\cs{setlength}, so that calc type dimensions can be used
%   when setting the dimensions of this widget. Made the same
%   changes for all AcroForm elements and for linking.
%}
%\changes{v2.4}{2020/11/28}{Rewrite of \string\cs{push@@Button} to support \string\cs{pdfSpacesOn}}
%\begin{Verbatim}[xleftmargin=\parindent,fontsize=\small,
%commandchars=!(),codes={\catcode`\%=9}]
%#1 = !textsf(optional, used to enter any modification of the appearance/actions)
%#2 = !textsf(the title of the button field)
%#3 = !textsf(the width of the bounding rectangle)
%#4 = !textsf(the height of the bounding rectangle)
%#5 = !textsf(not used)
%#6 = !textsf(set props and driver macros)
%#7 = !textsf(every macros)
%\end{Verbatim}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\annot@type@button{pushbtn}
\bgroup\obeyspaces
\gdef\push@@Button{\begingroup\global\let =\pdfSP
\ef@sanitize@toks\push@@@Button}\egroup
\newcommand\push@@@Button[7]{\endgroup\begingroup
  \let\nameuse\@nameuse\let\tops\texorpdfstring%
  \edef\annot@type{\annot@type@button}%
  \pdfstringdef\Fld@name{#2}\dl@paramlocal%
  \makeJSspecials\ef@preProcDefns%
  \def\eq@Ff{/Ff \FfPushButton}%
  \def\eq@DA{\eq@textFont\space\eq@textSize\space Tf \eq@textColor}%
  \eqf@setDimens{#3}{#4}%
  \@processEvery#7\end\noindent#5#6{#1}}

%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macro}{\pushButton}
%    \hskip-\marginparsep\texttt{[\ameta{options}]\darg{\ameta{fld-name}}\darg{\ameta{wd}}\darg{\ameta{ht}}}
%    The user command for creating a push button form field.
%\begin{Verbatim}[xleftmargin=\parindent,fontsize=\small,
%commandchars=!(),codes={\catcode`\%=9}]
%#1 = !textsf(optional, used to enter any modification of the appearance/actions)
%#2 = !textsf(the title of the button field)
%#3 = !textsf(the width of the bounding rectangle)
%#4 = !textsf(the height of the bounding rectangle)
%\end{Verbatim}
%The defaults for \cs{pushButton}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\pushButtonDefaults{%
  \W{1}\S{B}\F{\FPrint}\BC{0 0 0}
  \H{P}\BG{.7529 .7529 .7529}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% We sanitize the optional first parameter.
% \changes{v2.10}{2019/03/16}{Implement pdfSP for push button fields}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\bgroup\obeyspaces
\gdef\pushButton{\begingroup\global\let =\pdfSP
\ef@sanitize@toks\ef@pushbutton}\egroup
%    \end{macrocode}
%   End sanitize group, get the rest of the parameters, pass them to the low-level \cs{push@@Button}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\ef@pushbutton[4][]{\endgroup
  \mbox{\push@@Button{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{}{%
    \eq@setButtonProps\eq@Button@driver}%
    {\pushButtonDefaults\every@PushButton}}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
% \subsubsection{Check Box}\label{checkbox}
% The basic command for creating check boxes. For \emph{enhanced preview} we define
% \DescribeMacro\pmpvMrk\cs{pmpvMrk\darg{mrk}}, which defines \cs{pmpv@mrk} that is eventually
% used in the core of \cs{ef@Bbox}.
%\changes{v2.4}{2020/11/28}{Rewrite of \string\cs{check@@Box} to support \string\cs{pdfSpacesOn}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\pmpvMrk#1{\def\pmpv@mrk{#1}}
\pmpvMrk{X}
%    \end{macrocode}
%\begin{Verbatim}[xleftmargin=\parindent,fontsize=\small,
%commandchars=!(),codes={\catcode`\%=9}]
%#1 = !textsf(optional, used to enter any modification of the appearance/actions)
%#2 = !textsf(the title of the button field)
%#3 = !textsf(the width of the bounding rectangle)
%#4 = !textsf(the height of the bounding rectangle)
%#5 = !textsf(the `on' value, usually Yes)
%#6 = !textsf(not used)
%#7 = !textsf(set props and driver macros)
%#8 = !textsf(every macros)
%\end{Verbatim}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\annot@type@checkbox{checkbox}
\bgroup\obeyspaces
\gdef\check@@Box{\begingroup\global\let =\pdfSP
\ef@sanitize@toks\check@@@Box}\egroup
\newcommand\check@@@Box[8]{\endgroup\begingroup
  \let\nameuse\@nameuse\let\tops\texorpdfstring
  \let\#\ef@Hx\edef\annot@type{\annot@type@checkbox}%
  \pdfstringdef\Fld@name{#2}\@eqAS{Off}\dl@paramlocal
  \def\@eqDV##1{\def\eq@arg{##1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty\let\eq@DV\@empty
    \else\ifpdfmarkup\def\eq@DV{/DV(##1) cvn }\else
    \def\eq@DV{/DV/##1}\fi\fi}%
  \def\@eqV##1{\def\eq@arg{##1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Provide enhanced preview for checkboxes
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \let\eq@V\@empty\else\def\pmpvV{\pmpv@mrk}\ifpdfmarkup
      \def\eq@V{/V(##1) cvn }\else
      \def\eq@V{/V/##1}\fi\@eqAS{##1}\fi
      \ifefpmpv\let\eq@V\@empty\fi}%
  \eqf@setDimens{#3}{#4}%
  \ifpdfmarkup\def\eq@On{(#5) cvn }\else
      \def\eq@On{/#5}\fi\@eqtextFont{ZaDb}%
  \def\eq@DA{\eq@textFont\space\eq@textSize\space Tf \eq@textColor}%
  \@eqMK{\eq@R\eq@BC\eq@BG/CA(\symbol@choice)\eq@mkIns}%
  \@processEvery#8\end\noindent#6#7{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macro}{\checkBox}
%    \hskip-\marginparsep\texttt{[\ameta{options}]\darg{\ameta{fld-name}}\darg{\ameta{wd}}^^A
%    \darg{\ameta{ht}}\darg{\ameta{on-value}}}
%    The user interface for creating a check box.
%\begin{Verbatim}[xleftmargin=\parindent,fontsize=\small,
%commandchars=!(),codes={\catcode`\%=9}]
%#1 = !textsf(optional, used to enter any modification of the appearance/actions)
%#2 = !textsf(the title of the check box field)
%#3 = !textsf(the width of the bounding rectangle)
%#4 = !textsf(the height of the bounding rectangle)
%#5 = !textsf(the `on value' or export value, the default is "Yes")
%\end{Verbatim}
%\noindent The default for \cs{checkBox}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\checkBoxDefaults{\F{\FPrint}\W{1}\S{S}\BC{0 0 0}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\bgroup\obeyspaces%
\gdef\checkBox{\begingroup\global\let =\pdfSP%
\ef@sanitize@toks\ef@checkbox}\egroup
%    \end{macrocode}
%    End the sanitizing group, and get the argument, pass them on to
%    the low-level command \cs{check@@Box}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\ef@checkbox}[5][]{\endgroup
  \mbox{\check@@Box{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{}{\eq@setWidgetProps
  \eq@Check@driver}{\checkBoxDefaults\every@CheckBox}}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
% \subsubsection{Radio Buttons}\label{radiobutton}
% The basic command for creating radio button fields. As of the version dated 2019/06/14,
% radio button code was re-written so they operate in certain non-conforming PDF readers. The old code,
% which has proven to be reliable for many years,
% is  available when \DescribeMacro\useNewRadiosOff\cmd{\useNewRadiosOff} is expanded. This is the default.
%
% When \DescribeMacro\useNewRadiosOn\cmd{\useNewRadiosOn} is expanded, the new code for radio buttons is used.
% As a result, you need \emph{three compiles} to bring the AUX files up to date. The AUX files now
% contain PDF object references to radio buttons. Because this new scheme degrades the experience
% of creating radio buttons (heavy I/O usage), use this option if you and the consumers of your PDF\emph{ do not use}
% Adobe PDF viewers (on a desktop/laptop).
%
% Use the default setting (\cmd{\useNewRadiosOff}) when you will view the PDF in AA/AR and save it; otherwise, if the PDF is to be viewed in non-conforming
% PDF readers, never having been saved using AA/AR, use the \cmd{\useNewRadiosOn} setting.
% \changes{v2.3}{2019/06/14}{Rewrote radio buttons so they work in non-conforming PDF readers}
% \changes{v2.4}{2020/11/28}{Rewrite of \string\cs{radio@@Button} to support \string\cs{pdfSpacesOn}}
%
% \medskip\noindent\textbf{Discussion.} The default scheme is to create the radio buttons \begin{quote}\footnotesize
% \cs{radioButton\darg{\ameta{name}}\darg{\ameta{width}}\darg{\ameta{height}}} ...\\
% ... \cs{radioButton\darg{\ameta{name}}\darg{\ameta{width}}\darg{\ameta{height}}}\end{quote} as separate widgets.
% When loaded by AA/AR, these viewers do some internal arranging automatically; they build appearances, among other things. Saving
% the PDF from AA/AR save this appearances within the PDF file, so that those using non-conforming PDF viewers will see
% a correct representation of the fields. (The fields themselves may not be functional, depending on the PDF viewer.)
%
% \def\Odict{<<}\def\Cdict{>>}
%
% When \cs{useNewRadiosOn} is expanded, instead of creating separate widgets, we create a radio button field,
%\begin{quote}\offinterlineskip\ttfamily\obeyspaces\obeylines
%14 0 obj
%\Odict\space/DA (/ZaDb 9 Tf 0 g)/FT/Btn/Ff 32768/DV/Three
%/Kids [15 0 R 16 0 R 17 0 R ]/T(Group1)/V/Two \Cdict
%endobj
%\end{quote}
% \texttt{/FT} and \texttt{Ff} entries declare this field to be a radio button field. Note that
% the object has a \texttt{/Kids} entry that references the individual widgets. The field contains
% the default value (\texttt{/DV}), if any, and the initial value (\texttt{/V}), if any.
% A typical widget referenced by the \texttt{/Kids} entry is,
%\begin{quote}\offinterlineskip\ttfamily\obeyspaces\obeylines
%15 0 obj
%\Odict
%/Type /Annot
%/Rect [172.716 654.735 185.716 667.735]
%/Subtype/Widget /Parent 14 0 R/BS \Odict\space/W 1/S/S\Cdict
%/AP\Odict\space/N\Odict/One\Odict\Cdict\space\Cdict\space\Cdict /MK \Odict\space/BC [0 0 0]/CA(l) \Cdict
%/AS/Off
%\Cdict
%endobj
%\end{quote}
%This is a widget annotation with \texttt{/Rect} entry, as well as other entries. The \cs{/AS} key determines
%whether this widget is `on' or not. This one is off. Some of the non-conforming PDF viewers parse this
%structure better than the old scheme.
%
%The next six lines are new (2019/06/14), to support the new radio button structure.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newif\ifuseNewRadios \useNewRadiosfalse
\def\useNewRadiosOn{\useNewRadiostrue}
\def\useNewRadiosOff{\useNewRadiosfalse}
\let\ef@OptArray\@empty
\let\ef@KidsArray\@empty
\let\ef@lateWidgetOpts\relax
\def\annot@type@radio{radiobtn}
%    \end{macrocode}
% You can create one or more copies of a group of radio buttons, whether more copies of a
% group is not known until the end of the document, so we must set some properties at
% the end of the document. This command stores information as a function of the field name
% for later use at the end of the document.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\ef@NewRadiosLateOpts{%
%    \end{macrocode}
%     If this is a multi-group radio button field that work independently, we adjust the `on' value, as in this case,
%     the `on' value is referenced by an index, 0, 1, 2,...
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \@nameuse{multigroup@\Fld@name}%
  \ifx\ef@multigroupradios\ef@YES
    \ifpdfmarkup
      \def\eq@On{(\@nameuse{radioindex@\Fld@name}) cvn }\else
      \def\eq@On{/\@nameuse{radioindex@\Fld@name}}\fi
    \expandafter\ifx\csname OnVal@\Fld@name\endcsname\relax
      \@eqAS{Off}\else % today
    \ifnum\@nameuse{OnVal@\Fld@name}=%
      \@nameuse{radioindex@\Fld@name}\relax
    \@eqAS{\@nameuse{radioindex@\Fld@name}}\else\@eqAS{Off}\fi\fi
  \else
    \edef\x{\@nameuse{OnVal@\Fld@name}}%
    \ifx\x\ef@thisChoice\@eqAS{\@nameuse{OnVal@\Fld@name}}\else
      \@eqAS{Off}\fi
  \fi
%    \end{macrocode}
%    If these are groups of radio button fields that light up in unison, we
%    take to get the \cs{/AS} entry right.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \@nameuse{uniradios@\Fld@name}%
  \ifx\isRadiosInUnison\ef@YES
    \edef\x{\@nameuse{value@\Fld@name}}%
    \ifx\x\ef@thisChoice\expandafter\@eqAS
      \expandafter{\ef@thisChoice}\else\@eqAS{Off}\fi
  \fi
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%     We track the widget belonging to a given field name (\cs{Fld@name}), these radio
%     indices are used when we have multiple groups if independent radios.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\ef@advanceRadioIndex#1{\bgroup
  \@tempcnta\@nameuse{radioindex@#1}\relax
  \advance\@tempcnta\@ne
  \csarg\xdef{radioindex@#1}{\the\@tempcnta}\egroup}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Some utility commands that are written to the AUX file.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\radioChoices#1{\csarg\xdef{radio@#1}}
\def\radioKids#1{\csarg\xdef{kids@#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    A warning message when not all the PDF objects have
%    been resolved. We try to emit only one message per
%    compile.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\ef@radioWarning{\PackageWarningNoLine{eforms}
  {Not all PDF object references have\MessageBreak
   been resolved, keep compiling}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%     The command that detects whether any object reference is not defined.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\ef@@radioWarning{%
  \ifx\ef@radioWarning\relax\else
    \@ifundefined{kids@\Fld@name}
    {\ef@radioWarning\global\let\ef@radioWarning\relax}{}\fi
  \ifx\ef@radioWarning\relax\else
    \@ifundefined{radio@\Fld@name}
    {\ef@radioWarning\global\let\ef@radioWarning\relax}{}\fi
  \ifx\ef@radioWarning\relax\else
    \@ifundefined{parent@\Fld@name}
    {\ef@radioWarning\global\let\ef@radioWarning\relax}{}\fi
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Finally, we arrive at the low-level radio button command, where
%    changes for the 2019/06/14 version have been made.
%The arguments for this command are,
%\begin{Verbatim}[xleftmargin=\parindent,fontsize=\small,
%commandchars=!(),codes={\catcode`\%=9}]
%#1 = !textsf(optional, used to enter any modification of the appearance/actions)
%#2 = !textsf(the title of the button field)
%#3 = !textsf(the width of the bounding rectangle)
%#4 = !textsf(the height of the bounding rectangle)
%#5 = !textsf(the `on' value, usually Yes)
%#6 = !textsf(not used)
%#7 = !textsf(set props and driver macros)
%#8 = !textsf(every macros)
%\end{Verbatim}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\bgroup\obeyspaces
\gdef\radio@@Button{\begingroup\global\let =\pdfSP
\ef@sanitize@toks\radio@@@Button}\egroup
\newcommand\radio@@@Button[8]{\endgroup\begingroup\let\#\ef@Hx
  \let\nameuse\@nameuse\let\tops\texorpdfstring
  \edef\annot@type{\annot@type@radio}%
  \pdfstringdef\Fld@name{#2}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Additional code for the new scheme.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \ifuseNewRadios
    \ef@@radioWarning
    \@ifundefined{rad@\Fld@name}{\let\isRadioParent\ef@YES
    \global\let\ef@OptArray\@empty
    \global\let\ef@KidsArray\@empty
    \csarg\gdef{radioindex@\Fld@name}{-1}\expandafter
    \global\csarg\let{rad@\Fld@name}\@empty}%
      {\let\isRadioParent\ef@NO}%
    \edef\ef@OptArray{\@nameuse{rad@\Fld@name}}%
    \g@addto@macro\ef@OptArray{(#5)}% opt
    \csarg\xdef{rad@\Fld@name}{\ef@OptArray}%
    \ifx\isRadioParent\ef@YES
      \def\y{\expandafter\string\noexpand}%
      \edef\x{\noexpand\immediate\noexpand\write\noexpand\@auxout
        {\y\radioChoices{\Fld@name}{\noexpand
        \@nameuse{rad@\Fld@name}}}}%
      \def\z{\expandafter\AtEndDocument\expandafter{\x}}\z
      \edef\x{\noexpand\immediate\noexpand\write\noexpand\@auxout
        {\y\radioKids{\Fld@name}{\noexpand
          \@nameuse{kid@\Fld@name}}}}%
      \def\z{\expandafter\AtEndDocument\expandafter{\x}}\z
    \fi
    \ef@advanceRadioIndex{\Fld@name}%
    \@nameuse{multigroup@\Fld@name}%
  \fi
  \@eqAS{Off}\dl@paramlocal
  \def\@eqDV##1{\def\eq@arg{##1}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty\let\eq@DV\@empty
    \else\ifpdfmarkup\def\eq@DV{/DV(##1) cvn }\else
    \def\eq@DV{/DV/##1}\fi\fi}%
  \def\@eqV##1{\Hy@pdfstringfalse\edef\pmpvV{##1}%
    \Hy@pdfstringtrue
    \edef\eq@arg{##1}%
    \if$\eq@arg$\else
      \ifpdfmarkup
        \edef\eq@V{/V(##1) cvn }\else
        \edef\eq@V{/V/##1}\fi
        \@eqAS{##1}\fi
    \if$\eq@arg$%
    \else
      \csarg\xdef{OnVal@\Fld@name}{##1}\fi
    \ifefpmpv
      \gdef\ef@lateWidgetOpts{\if$\pmpvV$\else\def\pmpvV{\pmpv@mrk}\fi}%
      \let\eq@V\@empty\else\global\let\ef@lateWidgetOpts\relax\fi
    }%
  \eqf@setDimens{#3}{#4}%
  \ifpdfmarkup\def\eq@On{(#5) cvn }\else\def\eq@On{/#5}\fi
  \def\ef@thisChoice{#5}%
  \def\eq@Ff{/Ff \FfRadio}\@eqtextFont{ZaDb}%
  \def\eq@DA{\eq@textFont\space\eq@textSize\space Tf \eq@textColor}%
  \@eqMK{\eq@R\eq@BC\eq@BG/CA(\symbol@choice)\eq@mkIns}%
  \@processEvery#8\end\noindent#6#7{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macro}{\radioButton}\hskip-\marginparsep\texttt{[\ameta{options}]\darg{\ameta{fld-name}}\darg{\ameta{wd}}^^A
%    \darg{\ameta{ht}}\darg{\ameta{on-value}}}
%    User interface to creating a radio button.
%\begin{Verbatim}[xleftmargin=\parindent,fontsize=\small,
%commandchars=!(),codes={\catcode`\%=9}]
%#1 = !textsf(optional, used to enter any modification of the appearance/actions)
%#2 = !textsf(the title of the radio button field)
%#3 = !textsf(the width of the bounding rectangle)
%#4 = !textsf(the height of the bounding rectangle)
%#5 = !textsf(the `on value' or export value, the default is "Yes")
%\end{Verbatim}
%The default for \cs{radioButton}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\radioButtonDefaults{\W{1}\S{S}\BC{0 0 0}\F{\FPrint}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% We sanitize the optional first parameter.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\bgroup\obeyspaces
\gdef\radioButton{\begingroup\global\let =\pdfSP
\ef@sanitize@toks\ef@radiobutton}\egroup
%    \end{macrocode}
% End sanitize group, get rest of parameters and pass to the low-level
% command \cs{radio@@Button}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\ef@radiobutton}[5][]{\endgroup
  \mbox{\radio@@Button{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{}{\eq@setWidgetProps
  \eq@Radio@driver}{\radioButtonDefaults\every@RadioButton}}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
% \subsection{Text Field}\label{textfield}
%
% The template for a text field. Within
% the optional argument, the following aliases are used: \cs{nameuse} for \cs{@nameuse}
% and \cs{tops} for \cs{texorpdfstring}.
%\changes{v2.4}{2020/11/28}{Rewrite of \string\cs{text@@Field} to support \string\cs{pdfSpacesOn}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\common@TextFieldCode
{%
  /Subtype/Widget
  /T (\Fld@name)
  /FT/Tx
  \eq@Ff
  \eq@F
  \eq@Q
  \eq@TU
  \eq@MaxLen
  /BS <<\eq@W\eq@S>>
  /MK <<\eq@R\eq@BC\eq@BG\eq@mkIns>>
  /DA (\eq@DA)
  \eq@DV\eq@V
  \eq@RV\eq@DS
  \eq@A\eq@AA
  \eq@rawPDF
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The basic text field macro for constructing all other text fields.
%The arguments for this command are,
%\begin{Verbatim}[xleftmargin=\parindent,fontsize=\small,
%commandchars=!(),codes={\catcode`\%=9}]
%#1 = !textsf(optional, used to enter any modification of the appearance/actions)
%#2 = !textsf(the title of the button field)
%#3 = !textsf(the width of the bounding rectangle)
%#4 = !textsf(the height of the bounding rectangle)
%#5 = !textsf(not used)
%#6 = !textsf(set props and driver macros)
%#7 = !textsf(every macros)
%\end{Verbatim}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\annot@type@text{textfld}
\bgroup\obeyspaces
\gdef\text@@Field{\begingroup\global\let =\pdfSP
\ef@sanitize@toks\text@@@Field}\egroup
\newcommand\text@@@Field[7]{\endgroup\begingroup
  \let\nameuse\@nameuse\let\tops\texorpdfstring
  \edef\annot@type{\annot@type@text}%
  \pdfstringdef\Fld@name{#2}\dl@paramlocal
  \def\eq@Title{#2}\eqf@setDimens{#3}{#4}%
  \def\eq@DA{\eq@textFont\space\eq@textSize\space Tf \eq@textColor}%
  \@processEvery#7\end\noindent#5#6{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macro}{\textField}\hskip-\marginparsep
%    \texttt{[\ameta{options}]\darg{\ameta{fld-name}}\darg{\ameta{wd}}^^A
%    \darg{\ameta{ht}}} The user interface to creating a text field.
%\begin{Verbatim}[xleftmargin=\parindent,fontsize=\small,
%commandchars=!(),codes={\catcode`\%=9}]
%#1 = !textsf(optional, used to enter any modification of the appearance/actions)
%#2 = !textsf(the title of the text field)
%#3 = !textsf(the width of the bounding rectangle)
%#4 = !textsf(the height of the bounding rectangle)
%\end{Verbatim}
%\noindent The defaults for \cs{textField}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\textFieldDefaults{\F{\FPrint}\BC{0 0 0}\W{1}\S{S}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% We sanitize the optional first parameter.
% \changes{v2.10}{2019/03/16}{Implement pdfSP for text fields}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\bgroup\obeyspaces
\gdef\textField{\begingroup\global\let =\pdfSP
\ef@sanitize@toks\ef@textfield}\egroup
%    \end{macrocode}
% End group, pass parameters to \cs{text@@Field}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\ef@textfield[4][]{\endgroup
  \mbox{\text@@Field{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{}%
    {\eq@setWidgetProps\eq@TextField}%
    {\textFieldDefaults\every@TextField}}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Some legacy assignments.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\eqTextField\textField
\let\calcTextField\textField
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
% \subsection{Signature Field}\label{sigfield}
%
% The template for a signature field. Within
% the optional argument, the following aliases are used: \cs{nameuse} for \cs{@nameuse}
% and \cs{tops} for \cs{texorpdfstring}.
%\changes{v2.4}{2020/11/28}{Rewrite of \string\cs{sig@@Field} to support \string\cs{pdfSpacesOn}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\common@SigFieldCode
{%
  /Subtype /Widget
  /T (\Fld@name)
  /FT/Sig
  \eq@F
  \eq@TU
  /BS <<\eq@W\eq@S>>
  /MK <<\eq@R\eq@BC\eq@BG\eq@mkIns>>
  /DA (\eq@DA)
  \eq@Lock
  \eq@A\eq@AA
  \eq@rawPDF
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The basic text field macro for constructing all other text fields.
%The arguments for this command are,
%\begin{Verbatim}[xleftmargin=\parindent,fontsize=\small,
%commandchars=!(),codes={\catcode`\%=9}]
%#1 = !textsf(optional, used to enter any modification of the appearance/actions)
%#2 = !textsf(the title of the button field)
%#3 = !textsf(the width of the bounding rectangle)
%#4 = !textsf(the height of the bounding rectangle)
%#5 = !textsf(not used)
%#6 = !textsf(set props and driver macros)
%#7 = !textsf(every macros)
%\end{Verbatim}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\annot@type@sig{sigfld}
\bgroup\obeyspaces
\gdef\sig@@Field{\begingroup\global\let =\pdfSP
\ef@sanitize@toks\sig@@@Field}\egroup
\newcommand\sig@@@Field[7]{\endgroup\begingroup
  \let\nameuse\@nameuse\let\tops\texorpdfstring
  \edef\annot@type{\annot@type@sig}%
  \pdfstringdef\Fld@name{#2}\dl@paramlocal
  \def\eq@Title{#2}\eqf@setDimens{#3}{#4}%
  \def\eq@DA{\eq@textFont\space\eq@textSize\space Tf \eq@textColor}%
  \@processEvery#7\end\noindent#5#6{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macro}{\sigField}\hskip-\marginparsep
%    \texttt{[\ameta{options}]\darg{\ameta{fld-name}}\darg{\ameta{wd}}^^A
%    \darg{\ameta{ht}}} The user interface to creating a signature field.
%\begin{Verbatim}[xleftmargin=\parindent,fontsize=\small,
%commandchars=!(),codes={\catcode`\%=9}]
%#1 = !textsf(optional, used to enter any modification of the appearance/actions)
%#2 = !textsf(the title of the text field)
%#3 = !textsf(the width of the bounding rectangle)
%#4 = !textsf(the height of the bounding rectangle)
%\end{Verbatim}
%Defaults for \cs{sigField}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\sigFieldDefaults{\F{\FPrint}\BC{}\BG{}\W{1}\S{S}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% We sanitize the optional first parameter.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\bgroup\obeyspaces
\gdef\sigField{\begingroup\global\let =\pdfSP
\ef@sanitize@toks\ef@sigfield}\egroup
\newcommand\ef@sigfield[4][]{\endgroup
  \mbox{\sig@@Field{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{}{\eq@setWidgetProps\eq@SigField}%
    {\sigFieldDefaults\every@sigField}}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%
% \section{Additional Link Support}\label{linkSupport}
%
% The links in \textsf{hyperref} are not sufficiently general to
% allow actions other than jumping. I've included a general link
% that increases the usage of the links provided by
% \textsf{hyperref}.
%\changes{v2.4}{2020/11/28}{Rewrite of \string\cs{set@@Link} to support \string\cs{pdfSpacesOn}}
% \paragraph{Common Link Code.} All the link commands eventually come back
% to this template for constructing a link annotation.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\common@LinkCode
{%
  \eq@A           % Action
  \eq@H           % Highlight
  \eq@Color       % Border color
  \link@BS        % Border styles
  \eq@rawPDF      % everything else
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \cs{set@@Link} is the low-level link command and is the building block of all the
% other, more user-friendly link commands. Takes seven parameters:
%\begin{enumerate}\sffamily
%\item[\texttt{\#1}:] Optional arguments to modify the appearance and actions of the link.
%\item[\texttt{\#2}:] The width of the bounding rectangle.
%\item[\texttt{\#3}:] The height of the bounding rectangle.
%\item[\texttt{\#4}:] The text to be enclosed by the link.
%\item[\texttt{\#5}:] Used to set link properties and link driver.
%\item[\texttt{\#6}:] I don't remember what this one was about, same as \texttt{\#5}.
%\item[\texttt{\#7}:] Used to set link defaults and to execute \cs{everyLink}.
%\end{enumerate}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\annot@type@link{link}
\bgroup\obeyspaces
\gdef\set@@Link{\begingroup\global\let =\pdfSP
\ef@sanitize@toks\set@@@Link}\egroup
\newcommand\set@@@Link[7]{\endgroup\begingroup
  \let\nameuse\@nameuse\let\tops\texorpdfstring
  \dl@paramlocal
  \makeJSspecials
  \edef\annot@type{\annot@type@link}%
  \ef@preProcDefns
  \eqf@setDimens{#2}{#3}%
  \ifx\eq@rectW\@empty\def\link@@Box{#4}\else
    \def\eq@arg{#4}\ifx\eq@arg\@empty
      \def\eq@content{\hfill\vfill}\else\def\eq@content{#4}\fi
    \def\link@@Box{\parbox[\eq@pos][\eq@rectH][\eq@innerpos]%
      {\eq@rectW}{\centering\eq@content}}\fi
  \@processEvery#7\end\noindent#5#6{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \paragraph{The Visibility of Border of the Link.} We use \textsf{hyperref}'s
% option \texttt{colorlinks} to determine if we
% make the bounding rectangle visible or not by default.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\defaultlinkcolor{\@linkcolor}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Delay default link color until beginning of document.
%\changes{v2.8f}{2016/04/05}{Delay default link color until beginning of document.}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\setDef@ultLinkColor{\ifHy@colorlinks
  \def\ef@thislinkcolor{\defaultlinkcolor}%
  \def\ef@colorthislink{\color{\ef@thislinkcolor}}\else
  \let\ef@colorthislink\relax\fi}
\AtBeginDocument{\setDef@ultLinkColor}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macro}{\setLink}\hskip-\marginparsep\texttt{[\ameta{options}]\darg{\ameta{text}}}
% \cs{setLink} is the basic high-level link command, it is used to surround text
% with a link annotation.
%\begin{Verbatim}[xleftmargin=\parindent,fontsize=\small,
%commandchars={!~@},codes={\catcode`\%=9}]
%\setLink[\A{\JS{this.pageNum=6;}}\Color{1 0 0}]{Go There!}
%\end{Verbatim}
%    \begin{macro}{\setLinkText}\hskip-\marginparsep\texttt{[\ameta{options}]\darg{\ameta{text}}}
% \cs{setLinkText} is a synonym for \cs{setLink}.
%    \begin{macro}{\mlhypertext}\hskip-\marginparsep\texttt{[\ameta{options}]\darg{\ameta{text}}}
% A command defined in the \pkg{aeb\_mlink} package.
%    \begin{macro}{\mlsetLink}\hskip-\marginparsep\texttt{[\ameta{options}]\darg{\ameta{text}}}
% \cs{mlsetLink} expands to \cs{mlhypertext}
% \paragraph{Link Parameters.} These high-level links takes two parameters, one of which
% is optional.
%\begin{enumerate}
%\item[\texttt{[\#1]}:] Optional key-value pairs to change the appearance or action
% of this link.
%\item[\texttt{\#2}:] The text to be enclosed in the bounding rectangle of this link.
%\end{enumerate}
%\paragraph{Link default parameters.} We set the line style on solid, and
% the border array to \texttt{0 0 0}, no visible border.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\set@LinkTextDefaults{\S{S}\Border{0 0 0}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% If the \texttt{colorlinks} option is in effect with hyperref, we color links when author
% uses |\setLinkText|, a command used by many other commands defined in AeB.
% \changes{v2.10}{2019/03/16}{Implement pdfSP for link annotations}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\bgroup\obeyspaces
\gdef\setLink{\begingroup\global\let =\pdfSP
\ef@sanitize@toks\ef@setlinktext}\egroup
%    \end{macrocode}
% \changes{v2.5b}{2009/12/24}{added path to \string\cs{mlhypertext}}
% Added a path to \cs{mlhypertext} of the \textsf{aeb\_mlink} package. When the
% user specifies \verb!\mlLink{true}! in the option list, we branch off to
% \cs{mlhypertext}. For example, if we say,
%\begin{verbatim}
%\setLink[\mlLink{true}\A{\JS{app.alert("Hello World!");}}]{Hello World!}
%\end{verbatim}
% then we branch off to \cs{mlhypertext}. The above, then, is equivalent to,
%\begin{verbatim}
%\mlhypertext[\A{\JS{app.alert("Hello World!");}}]{Hello World!}
%\end{verbatim}
%If you've created a link using \cs{setLink} and the text does not wrap around to the next
%link, simply insert \verb!\mlLink{true}! as an option to declare this link is a multi-line
%link. Of course, you can also change the name from \cs{setLink} to \cs{mlsetLink} (or to \cs{mlhypertext}).
%
%In the next line, we \cs{let} \cs{setLinkText} to \cs{setLink}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\setLinkText\setLink
\newcommand{\ef@setlinktext}[1][]{\endgroup
  \ef@searchmlLink#1\mlLink\end\@nil
  \ifx\ef@mlLink\ef@Zero\def\ef@next{\set@LinkText[#1]}\else
  \def\ef@next{\mlhypertext[#1]}\fi\ef@next}
\newcommand\set@LinkText[2][]{%
  \set@@Link{#1}{}{}{\ef@colorthislink#2}{}%
    {\eq@setWidgetProps{\ef@postProcLinkProps\setLink@driver}}%
    {\set@LinkTextDefaults\every@Link}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Definitions we want make locally to the options parameters; otherwise,
% these are undefined.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\ef@preProcDefns{%
  \def\Win##1{/Win <<##1>>}%
  \def\fitpage{\dl@fitpage}\def\actualsize{\dl@actualsize}%
  \def\fitwidth{\dl@fitwidth}\def\fitheight{\dl@fitheight}%
  \def\fitvisible{\dl@fitvisible}\def\inheritzoom{\dl@inheritzoom}%
  \let\rPage\ef@rPage
  \edef\Page##1{\ifcase\eq@drivernum
    {Page##1}\or
    \noexpand\pdfpageref##1\space\space 0 R\or
    \noexpand @page##1\fi}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% After the properties are processed, the flow comes to |\ef@postProcLinkProps|
% for one last chance to process the properties more finely. The flow continues
% to |\setLink@@driver|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\ef@postProcLinkProps{}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \cs{mlhypertext} is not defined unless \pkg{aeb\_mlink} is loaded; however,
%    we define \cs{mlsetLink} to expand to \cs{mlhypertext}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\mlsetLink}{\mlhypertext}
\newcommand{\mlhypertext}[2][]{\@ifundefined{mlhypertext@i}
  {\PackageWarning{eforms}{The \string\mlhypertext\space command
  does nothing unless\MessageBreak the aeb_mlink package is loaded}}{}%
  #2}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\setLinkBbox}
% Set a link around a |\parbox|.
%\begin{Verbatim}[xleftmargin=\parindent,fontsize=\small,
%codes={\catcode`\%=9}]
%\setLinkBbox [\Color{1 0 0}}]{50bp}{30bp}[b]{\centering Press Me!}
%\end{Verbatim}
% \paragraph{Link Parameters.} There are four parameters, two of which
% are optional.
%\begin{enumerate}\sffamily
%\item[\texttt{[\#1]}:] Optional key-value pairs to change the appearance or action
% of this link.
%\item[\texttt{\#2}:] The width of the \cs{parbox}.
%\item[\texttt{\#3}:] The height of the \cs{parbox}.
%\item[\texttt{[\#4]}:] The positioning parameter of the \cs{parbox} (\texttt{b}, \texttt{c}, \texttt{t}).
%\item[\texttt{[\#5]}:] The text or object to be enclosed in a \cs{parbox}
%\end{enumerate}
%\paragraph{Link default parameters.} We set the line style on solid, and
% the border array to \texttt{0 0 0}, no visible border.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\set@LinkBboxDefaults{\S{S}\Border{0 0 0}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \changes{v2.10}{2019/03/16}{Implement pdfSP for link annotations}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\bgroup\obeyspaces
\gdef\setLinkBbox{\begingroup\global\let =\pdfSP
\ef@sanitize@toks\ef@setLinkbbox}\egroup
\newcommand{\ef@setLinkbbox}[3][]{\endgroup
  \@setLinkBbox{#1}{#2}{#3}}
\def\@setLinkBbox#1#2#3{\@ifnextchar[%
  {\@@setLinkBbox{#1}{#2}{#3}}%
  {\@@setLinkBbox{#1}{#2}{#3}[c]}}
\def\@@setLinkBbox#1#2#3[#4]{\@ifnextchar[%
    {\@@@setLinkBbox{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}%
    {\@@@setLinkBbox{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}[#4]}}
\def\@@@setLinkBbox#1#2#3#4[#5]#6{%
  \def\eq@pos{#4}\def\eq@innerpos{#5}%
  \set@@Link{#1}{#2}{#3}{\ef@colorthislink#6}%
    {\eq@setWidgetProps\setLink@driver}{}%
    {\set@LinkBboxDefaults\every@Link}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macro}{\setLinkPbox}
% This is a special link for creating a fixed box around the
% current paragraph and is used with the multi-line link commands.
%\changes{v1.0c}{2007/07/21}
%{
%  Added \string\cs{setLinkPbox} to support multi-line links for dvips
% and dvipsone. Added to \string\cs{setLinkPbox@driver} a special link
% driver that supports \string\textbf{QuadPoints}.
%}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\set@LinkPboxDefaults{\S{S}\Border{0 0 0}}
\bgroup\obeyspaces
\gdef\setLinkPbox{\begingroup\global\let =\pdfSP
\ef@sanitize@toks\ef@setLinkpbox}\egroup
\newcommand\ef@setLinkpbox[1]{\endgroup
  \@setLinkPbox{#1\BS{}}{}{}{\hfill\vfill}}
\def\@setLinkPbox#1#2#3{\@ifnextchar[{\@@setLinkPbox{#1}{#2}{#3}}%
  {\@@setLinkPbox{#1}{#2}{#3}[c]}}
\def\@@setLinkPbox#1#2#3[#4]{%
  \@ifnextchar[{\@@@setLinkPbox{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}%
    {\@@@setLinkPbox{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}[#4]}}
\def\@@@setLinkPbox#1#2#3#4[#5]#6{%
  \def\eq@pos{#4}\def\eq@innerpos{#5}%
  \set@@Link{#1}{#2}{#3}{#6}{\eq@setWidgetProps\setLinkPbox@driver}%
    {}{\set@LinkPboxDefaults\every@Link}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \end{macro}
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</package>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \section{A User Interface to links and forms}
%
% Through the years, I've developed my own version of a ``key-value''
% system, and this system works very well (see
% Section~\ref{procArgs}, page~\pageref{procArgs}, for the main
% macro); however, in a feeble attempt to make the system more user
% friendly, I've incorporated an \textsf{xkeyval} system into the
% \textsf{eforms} package. My old key-value system---which requires less
% typing and, in my opinion, is easier to use---still works,
% and the new one is just a user interface to the old system; parameters are
% passed to the main processing macro, defined in Section~\ref{procArgs}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*userinterface>
%    \end{macrocode}
% The |\ui| interface is undefined if the \texttt{useui} option is not taken. We use this fact
% to send a message to the user that using |\ui| most accompany the \texttt{useui}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\@equi#1{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The visibility of the border of a link depends on where the \texttt{colorlinks} option of hyperref has been
% taken. If the author does not take \texttt{colorlinks}, a visible rectangle appears by default. By putting
% \texttt{border=visible}, the author can override this behavior. If \texttt{colorlinks} option was taken, then the same
% link has an invisible border by default. Again, the author can override this by putting \texttt{border=visible}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ifHy@colorlinks\def\eq@bordervisibledefault{0}\@eqW{}\else
\def\eq@bordervisibledefault{1}\@eqW{1}\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
% \subsection{Some Utility Commands}
% Some utility commands that are defined elsewhere in the AeB, but this package does not assume AeB, so
% we'll define them here as well.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\getargs#1#2{\def\aeb@argi{#1}\def\aeb@argii{#2}}
\def\labelRef#1{\@ifundefined{r@#1}{Doc-Start}
  {\aeb@exiii\@fourthoffive\csname r@#1\endcsname}}
\def\aeb@exiii{\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter}
\newtoks\ef@flagtoks
\newtoks\ef@jstoks
\def\noexpandiii{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsection{The Appearance Tab}
%
% We set this user interface up to model the UI of Acrobat/Reader.
%    \IndexKey{border}
% In the case of a link, this is the Link Type: \textsf{Visible Rectangle}
% or \textsf{Invisible Rectangle}. For forms, this key has not counterpart
% in the user interface. If you set border equal to \texttt{invisible}, that
% will set border line width to zero |\W{0}|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@choicekey{eforms}{border}[\val\nr]{visible,invisible}
{%
  \ifcase\nr
%    \end{macrocode}
% Author has chosen a visible border |\eq@W@buffered|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \def\eq@visibleborder{1}%
    \ifx\eq@W\@empty
      \ifx\eq@W@buffered\@empty\@eqW{1}\else
      \@eqW{\eq@W@buffered}\fi
    \else
      \ifnum\eq@W@value=0 \@eqW{1}\fi
      \ifx\eq@W@buffered\@empty\else
      \@eqW{\eq@W@buffered}\fi
    \fi
    \@eqBorder{0 0 \eq@W@value}%
  \or
    % author has chosen invisible border
    \def\eq@visibleborder{0}\@eqW{}%
    \@eqBorder{0 0 0}\@eqBC{}%
  \fi
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% This choice key is for the \texttt{linewidth}\IndexKey{linewidth} of a link or form. The user interface choices
% are \texttt{thin}, \texttt{medium}, and \texttt{thick}. This number is ignored if the document
% author has set the border to \texttt{invisible}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@choicekey{eforms}{linewidth}[\val\nr]{thin,medium,thick}
{%
  \ifx\annot@type\annot@type@link
%    \end{macrocode}
% This is a link, so, depending on whether the color package is loaded, we show or don't
% show the boundary, depending on the explicate choices of the author
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \ifx\eq@visibleborder\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
% Author has not committed to a border type, so we'll assume the default
%    \begin{macrocode}
      \ifnum\eq@bordervisibledefault=0
%    \end{macrocode}
% A color package is loaded, use invisible border by default.
%    \begin{macrocode}
        \edef\eq@W@buffered{\ifcase\nr 1\or2\or3\fi}%
        \@eqW{}%
      \else
%    \end{macrocode}
% No color is loaded, show the border.
%    \begin{macrocode}
        \ifcase\nr\@eqW{1}\or\@eqW{2}\or
          \@eqW{3}\else\@eqW{1}\fi
          \@eqBorder{0 0 \eq@W@value}%
      \fi
    \else
%    \end{macrocode}
% Author has set the border type before line width, we'll do what the
% author wants. If invisible, ignore |\W|, if visible obey |\W|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
      \ifnum\eq@visibleborder=1 % visible border
        \ifcase\nr\@eqW{1}\or\@eqW{2}\or
          \@eqW{3}\else\@eqW{1}\fi
        \@eqBorder{0 0 \eq@W@value}%
      \fi
    \fi
  \else
%    \end{macrocode}
% This is not a link, its a form, so things are easier. The invisible border will override
% the linewidth. If the author wants a border, s/he better get her/his act together and
% remove \texttt{border=invisible}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \ifx\eq@visibleborder\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
% If the value of |\eq@visibleborder|, author has not used the border key at this time,
% so just set the \texttt{linewidth} as stated.
%    \begin{macrocode}
      \ifcase\nr \@eqW{1}\or\@eqW{2}\or
        \@eqW{3}\else\@eqW{1}\fi
      \@eqBorder{0 0 \eq@W@value}%
      \edef\eq@W@buffered{\ifcase\nr1\or2\or3\fi}%
    \else
%    \end{macrocode}
% The author has used the border key, so we don't need to save this value.
%    \begin{macrocode}
      \ifnum\eq@visibleborder>0
        \ifcase\nr \@eqW{1}\or\@eqW{2}\or
          \@eqW{3}\else\@eqW{1}\fi
        \@eqBorder{0 0 \eq@W@value}%
      \fi
    \fi
  \fi
}
\let\eq@visibleborder\@empty
\let\eq@W@buffered\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% The highlight\IndexKey{highlight} type, choices are \texttt{none}, \texttt{invert},
% \texttt{outline}, \texttt{inset} and \texttt{push}. The term \texttt{inset}
% is used with links, and \texttt{push} is used with forms. They each have the
% same key value pair.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@choicekey{eforms}{highlight}[\val\nr]{none,invert,outline,%
    inset,push}
{%
    \ifcase\nr
      \@eqH{}\or\@eqH{I}\or\@eqH{O}\or\@eqH{P}\or\@eqH{P}\fi
}{}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \IndexKey{bordercolor}
% This is an rgb color, \texttt{bordercolor=1 0 0}, is the color red.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{eforms}{bordercolor}[]{%
    \ifx\annot@type\annot@type@link\@eqColor{#1}\else
% If border is invisible, we ignore bordercolor
    \ifx\eq@visibleborder\@empty\@eqBC{#1}\else
        \ifnum\eq@visibleborder>0\relax\@eqBC{#1}\fi\fi\fi
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% The line style\IndexKey{linestyle} of the border, possible values are \texttt{solid},\texttt{dashed},
% \texttt{underlined}, \texttt{beveled},and \texttt{inset}. Links do not support
% the \texttt{beveled} and \texttt{inset} options.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@choicekey{eforms}{linestyle}[\val\nr]{solid,dashed,underlined,%
    beveled,inset}
{%
    \ifcase\nr\relax
        \@eqS{S}\or\@eqS{D}\or\@eqS{U}%
        \or\@eqS{B}\or\@eqS{I}\else\@eqS{S}%
    \fi
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% When a line style of dashed is chosen, you can specify a dashed array\IndexKey{dasharray}.
% The default is 3, which means 3 points of line, 3 points gap.
% A value of \texttt{dashedarray=3 2} means three points of line, followed
% by two points of space.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{eforms}{dasharray}[3]{\@eqD{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Set the color of the link text. Ignored if the colorlinks option of hyperref
% has not been taken.  The value of \texttt{linktxtcolor}\IndexKey{linktxtcolor} is a named color. For example,
% \texttt{linktxtcolor=red}. The default is |\@linkcolor| from hyperref. This default
% can be changed by redefining |\@linkcolor|, or be redefining |\defaultlinkcolor|.
% If |linktxtcolor={}| (an empty argument), or simply \texttt{linktxtcolor}, no color is applied to the text.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{eforms}{linktxtcolor}[]{%
    \let\ef@linktxtcolor@set=1\@eqlinktxtcolor{#1}}
\let\ef@linktxtcolor@set=0
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsection{The General and Option Tab}
% In the general and option tabs of Acrobat a variety of attributes
% of the field can be set, such visibility, printability, readonly,
% orientation, captions (for button), values, default values, etc.
% can be set.
%\par\medskip\noindent
% The \texttt{annotflags}\IndexKey{annotflags} is a bit field, possible values are \texttt{hidden}, \texttt{print},
% \texttt{-print}, \texttt{noview}, and \texttt{lock}. Multiple values can
% be specified. The values are ``or-ed'' together. Most all forms are printable
% by default. If you don't want a form field to print specify \texttt{-print}.
% For example, |annotflags={-print,lock}| makes the field not printable and is
% locked, so the field cannot be moved through the UI.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{eforms}{annotflags}[]{\ef@flagtoks={}%
  \setkeys{annotflags}{#1}}
\@tfor\ef@flagopts:={{hidden}{FHidden}}{{print}{FPrint}}{{noprint}%
  {FNoPrint}}{{-print}{FNoPrint}}{{noview}{FNoView}}{{lock}{FLock}}%
  \do{\expandafter\getargs\ef@flagopts
    \edef\temp@expand@def{\noexpand
    \define@key{annotflags}{\aeb@argi}[true]{%
      \noexpand\ef@flagtoks=\noexpand
        \expandafter{\noexpand\ef@passedArgs}%
      \noexpand\edef\noexpand\ef@passedArgs{\noexpandiii
        \F{\noexpandiii\@nameuse{\aeb@argii\noexpandiii}}%
        \noexpand\the\noexpand\ef@flagtoks}%
    }%
  }\temp@expand@def
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% A large number of fields that sets a number of properties of a field. Some of these
% are specified through the bitfield \texttt{fieldflags}\IndexKey{fieldflags}.
% These appear in the first of the paired groups listed below. Normally, a document
% author would not specify \texttt{radio}, \texttt{pushbutton} or \texttt{combo}.
% These properties are used
% by \pkg{eforms} to construct a radio button field, a push button and a combo box.
% The others can be used as appropriate.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{eforms}{fieldflags}[]{\ef@flagtoks={}%
  \setkeys{fieldflags}{#1}}
\@tfor\ef@flagopts:={{readonly}{FfReadOnly}}{{required}{FfRequired}}%
  {{noexport}{FfNoExport}}{{multiline}{FfMultiline}}%
  {{password}{FfPassword}}{{notoggleoff}{FfNoToggleToOff}}%
  {{radio}{FfRadio}}{{pushbutton}{FfPushButton}}{{combo}{FfCombo}}%
  {{edit}{FfEdit}}{{sort}{FfSort}}{{fileselect}{FfFileSelect}}%
  {{multiselect}{FfMultiSelect}}{{nospellcheck}{FfDoNotSpellCheck}}%
  {{noscrolling}{FfDoNotScroll}}{{comb}{FfComb}}%
  {{radiosinunison}{FfRadiosInUnison}}%
  {{commitonchange}{FfCommitOnSelChange}}{{richtext}{FfRichText}}\do{%
  \expandafter\getargs\ef@flagopts
  \edef\temp@expand@def{\noexpand
    \define@key{fieldflags}{\aeb@argi}[true]{\noexpand
      \ef@flagtoks=\noexpand\expandafter{\noexpand
        \ef@passedArgs}\noexpand
      \edef\noexpand\ef@passedArgs{\noexpandiii
        \Ff{\noexpandiii\@nameuse{\aeb@argii\noexpandiii}}%
        \noexpand\the\noexpand\ef@flagtoks}%
    }%
  }\temp@expand@def
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Enter a text value to appear as a tool tip\IndexKey{tooltip}. For example,
% \texttt{tooltip={\darg{\textsf{Hi, press me and see what happens!}}}}. Enclose in
% parentheses if the text string contains a comma.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{eforms}{tooltip}{\@eqTU{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The default value\IndexKey{default}\IndexKey{defaultstyle} of a field (text, list, combo box) what is used
% when the field is reset. Example: \texttt{default=Name}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{eforms}{default}{\@eqDV{#1}}
\define@key{eforms}{defaultstyle}{\@eqDS{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The \texttt{value}\IndexKey{value}\IndexKey{richvalue}\IndexKey{apprD} of the field
% (text, list, combobox). Example: \texttt{value=AcroTeX}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{eforms}{value}{\@eqV{#1}}
\define@key{eforms}{richvalue}{\@eqRV{#1}}
\define@key{eforms}{apprD}{\@eqAP{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Set the orientation\IndexKey{rotate} of the field, values are 0, 90, 180 and 270. If 90 or 270
% are chosen, the height and width of the field need to be reversed. This is not
% done automatically by eForms (probably should).
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@choicekey{eforms}{rotate}[\val\nr]{0,90,180,270}
    {\expandafter\@eqR\expandafter{\val}}{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The background color\IndexKey{bgcolor} of the field. This is an RGB value.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{eforms}{bgcolor}[]{\@eqBG{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The normal text\IndexKey{uptxt} that appears on a button. Example \texttt{uptxt=Push Me}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{eforms}{uptxt}{\@eqCA{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The (mouse) down text\IndexKey{downtxt} of the button caption. Example: \texttt{downtxt=Thanks!}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{eforms}{downtxt}{\@eqAC{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The (mouse) rollover\IndexKey{rollovertxt} caption of a button. Example: \texttt{rollovertxt=AcroTeX!}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{eforms}{rollovertxt}{\@eqRC{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The type of alignment\IndexKey{align} of a text field. Permitted values are
% \texttt{left}, \texttt{centered}, and \texttt{right}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@choicekey{eforms}{align}[\val\nr]{left,centered,right}{%
    \ifx\annot@type\annot@type@text
        \expandafter\@eqQ\expandafter{\nr}\fi}{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The text font\IndexKey{textfont} to be used with the text of the field.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{eforms}{textfont}{\@eqtextFont{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The text size\IndexKey{textsize} to be used. A value of 0 means auto size.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{eforms}{textsize}{\@eqtextSize{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The color of the text\IndexKey{textcolor} in the field. This can be in \textsf{G}, \textsf{RGB} or \textsf{CMYK} color
% space.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{eforms}{textcolor}{\@eqtextColor{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Use \texttt{maxlength}\IndexKey{maxlength} to limit the number of characters input into a text field.
% Example: \texttt{maxlength=12}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{eforms}{maxlength}{\@eqMaxLen{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \paragraph*{Icon Appearances} We begin a section for creating icon
% appearances for a push button. We define three keys \texttt{normappr}\IndexKey{normappr},
% \texttt{rollappr}\IndexKey{rollappr}, and \texttt{downappr}\IndexKey{downappr}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{eforms}{normappr}{\@eqI{#1}}
\define@key{eforms}{rollappr}{\@eqRI{#1}}
\define@key{eforms}{downappr}{\@eqIX{#1}}
\define@choicekey{eforms}{layout}[\val\nr]{labelonly,icononly,%
  icontop,iconbottom,iconleft,iconright,labelover}{%
  \ifx\annot@type\annot@type@button\expandafter
    \@eqTP\expandafter{\nr}\fi}{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Scaling keys, \texttt{scalewhen}\IndexKey{scalewhen} and \texttt{scale}\IndexKey{scale}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@choicekey{eforms}{scalewhen}[\val\nr]{always,never,%
  iconbig,iconsmall}{%
  \ifx\annot@type\annot@type@button
  \ifcase\nr\relax
    \def\eq@@SW{A}\or
    \def\eq@@SW{N}\or
    \def\eq@@SW{B}\or
    \def\eq@@SW{S}\else
    \def\eq@@SW{A}\fi
  \expandafter\@eqSW\expandafter{\eq@@SW}\fi}{}
\define@choicekey{eforms}{scale}[\val\nr]{proportional,%
  nonproportional}{%
  \ifx\annot@type\annot@type@button
  \ifcase\nr\relax
      \def\eq@@ST{P}\or
      \def\eq@@ST{A}\else
      \def\eq@@ST{P}\fi
  \expandafter\@eqST\expandafter{\eq@@ST}\fi}{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Positioning keys, \texttt{position}\IndexKey{position} and \texttt{fitbounds}\IndexKey{fitbounds}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{eforms}{position}{\@eqPA{#1}}
\define@choicekey{eforms}{fitbounds}[\val\nr]{true,false}[true]{%
  \ifx\annot@type\annot@type@button
    \ifcase\nr\relax
      \def\eq@@FB{true}\or
      \def\eq@@FB{false}\else
      \def\eq@@FB{false}\fi
  \expandafter\@eqFB\expandafter{\eq@@FB}\fi}{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% This set of key-values\IndexKey{norm}\IndexKey{roll}\IndexKey{down} are
% designed to fill in the AP dictionary for the check box
% and the radio button field.
%\begin{verbatim}
% appr={norm={on={},off={}}},roll={on={},off={}}},down={on={},off={}}}}
% \AP{/N << /On {xO} /Off {xX} >>  /R << /On {xX} /Off {xO} >>}
%\end{verbatim}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{efappr}{norm}[]{\def\efappr@norm{#1}}
\define@key{efappr}{roll}[]{\def\efappr@roll{#1}}
\define@key{efappr}{down}[]{\def\efappr@down{#1}}
\setkeys{efappr}{norm,roll,down}
\define@key{efappr@state}{on}[]{\expandafter
  \def\csname \ef@state @on\endcsname{#1}}
\define@key{efappr@state}{off}[]{\expandafter
  \def\csname \ef@state @off\endcsname{#1}}
\let\norm@on\@empty\let\norm@off\@empty
\let\roll@on\@empty\let\roll@off\@empty
\let\down@on\@empty\let\down@off\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
% The key \texttt{appr}\IndexKey{appr} corresponds to the \textbf{AP} dictionary.
% and the radio button field.
%\begin{macrocode}
\define@key{eforms}{appr}{\setkeys{efappr}{#1}%
  \def\ef@state{norm}%
  \edef\ef@edef@tmp{\noexpand\setkeys{efappr@state}{\efappr@norm}}%
  \ef@edef@tmp\def\ef@state{roll}%
  \edef\ef@edef@tmp{\noexpand\setkeys{efappr@state}{\efappr@roll}}%
  \ef@edef@tmp\def\ef@state{down}%
  \edef\ef@edef@tmp{\noexpand\setkeys{efappr@state}{\efappr@down}}%
  \ef@edef@tmp\def\eq@AP{%
    /AP<<%
      \ifx\efappr@norm\@empty\else/N <<%
        \eq@On\space{\norm@on}/Off {\norm@off}>>\fi
      \ifx\efappr@roll\@empty\else/R <<%
        \eq@On\space{\roll@on}/Off {\roll@off}>>\fi
      \ifx\efappr@down\@empty\else/D <<%
        \eq@On\space{\down@on}/Off {\down@off}>>\fi
    \space>>
  }%
}
%    \end{macrocode}%
% \subsection{Miscellaneous keys}
% The \texttt{autocenter}\IndexKey{autocenter} is a feature of eforms. Use \texttt{autocenter=yes} (the default) to center the bounding
% box, and use \texttt{autocenter=no} otherwise.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@choicekey{eforms}{autocenter}[\val\nr]{yes,no}
{%
  \ifcase\nr\relax\@eqautoCenter{y}\or
  \@eqautoCenter{n}\fi
}{}
\define@choicekey{eforms}{inline}[\val\nr]{yes,no}
{%
  \ifcase\nr\relax\@eqinline{y}\or
  \@eqinline{n}\fi
}{}
\define@choicekey{eforms}{mlfix}[\val\nr]{yes,no}
{%
  \ifcase\nr\relax\@eqmlfix{y}\or
  \@eqmlfix{n}\fi
}{}
\define@choicekey{eforms}{importicons}[\val\nr]{yes,no}
{%
  \ifcase\nr\relax\@eqimportIcons{y}\or
  \@eqimportIcons{n}\fi
}{}
\define@key{eforms}{mlstrut}[\strut]{\@eqmlstrut{#1}}
\define@key{eforms}{mlcrackat}[]{\@eqmlcrackat{#1}}
\define@key{eforms}{mlcrackinat}[]{\@eqmlcrackinsat{#1}}
\define@choicekey{eforms}{mlhyph}[\val\nr]{yes,no}
{%
  \ifcase\nr\relax\@eqmlhyph{y}\or
  \@eqmlhyph{n}\fi
}{}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \changes{v2.10}{2019/03/16}{Added \string\cs{cmd} to optional args of forms}
%    This key passes its argument directly into the stream for processing
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{eforms}{cmd}[]{\@eqcmd{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Set presets\IndexKey{presets} from inside a \cs{ui} argument. For example,
%\begin{verbatim}
%\def\myUIOptsi{%
%    border=visible,         % Link Type
%    linktxtcolor=blue,      % blue link color
%    linewidth=medium,       % Line thickness
%    highlight=outline,      % Highlight style
%    linestyle=dashed,       % Line style
%    bordercolor={1 0 0},    % border color
%    js={app.alert("Good, good, good!")},
%}
%\end{verbatim}
% Then we can say,
%\begin{verbatim}
%\setLinkText[\ui{presets={\myUIOptsii}}]{Press Me Again!!}
%\end{verbatim}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{eforms}{presets}{\ef@jstoks=\expandafter{#1}%
  \edef\ef@temp@expand{\noexpand\setkeys{eforms}{\the\ef@jstoks}}%
  \ef@temp@expand
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \changes{v2.10}{2019/03/16}{epresets, the ui counterpart to \string\cs{epresets}}
%     epresets, the ui counterpart to \cs{epresets}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{eforms}{epresets}{\ef@jstoks=\expandafter{#1}%
  \edef\@rgs{#1}\ef@jstoks=\expandafter{\@rgs}%
  \edef\ef@temp@expand{\noexpand\setkeys{eforms}{\the\ef@jstoks}}%
  \ef@temp@expand
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \texttt{symbolchoice}\IndexKey{symbolchoice} is used with a checkbox or radio button field. This sets the symbol
% that appears in the field with the box is checked, choices are
% \texttt{check}, \texttt{circle}, \texttt{cross}, \texttt{diamond},
% \texttt{square}, and \texttt{star}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@choicekey{eforms}{symbolchoice}[\val\nr]%
  {check,circle,cross,diamond,square,star}
  {\expandafter\@eqsymbolchoice\expandafter{\val}}{}
%    \end{macrocode}
%\paragraph*{Set rectangle keys}
%The dimensions of the bounding rectangle is generally passed to the widget
%using required arguments; however, for \pkg{exerquiz}, those arguments are
%not directly accessible. The \IndexKey{rectW}\key{rectW} and \IndexKey{rectH}\key{rectH}
%may be used to pass the dimensions of the rectangle through the optional
%optional argument of the field.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{eforms}{rectW}{\@eqrectW{#1}}
\define@key{eforms}{rectH}{\@eqrectH{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%\paragraph*{Resizing keys}
%These keys resize the field while preserving the aspect ratio; these are
%\IndexKey{width}\key{width}, \IndexKey{height}\key{height}, and \IndexKey{scalefactor}\key{scalefactor}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{eforms}{width}{\@eqwidth{#1}}
\define@key{eforms}{height}{\@eqheight{#1}}
\define@key{eforms}{scalefactor}{\@eqscalefactor{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsection{The Signed Tab}
%
% A signature field has a signed tab. On that tab is an option to mark a set of fields
% as readonly (locked). The locked key controls that option.\medskip
%
% {\noindent}The \texttt{lock}\IndexKey{lock} key is used with signature fields.
% Typical entries, using \emph{raw PDF markup}, are,
%\begin{Verbatim}[xleftmargin=\parindent,fontsize=\small,
%commandchars={!~@},codes={\catcode`\%=9}]
%lock={/Action/All}          !% !textsf~lock all fields in the doc@
%lock={/Action/Include       !% !textsf~lock all fields listed in Fields@
%      /Fields [(field1)(field2)...]}
%lock={/Action/Exclude       !% !textsf~lock  all fields not listed in Fields@
%      /Fields [(field1)(field2)...]}
%\end{Verbatim}
%Simplified syntax for UF key-values:
%\changes{v2.3.6}{2020/10/10}{Addition support for the \string\texttt{lock} key}
%\begin{Verbatim}[xleftmargin=\parindent,fontsize=\small,
%commandchars={!~@},codes={\catcode`\%=9}]
%lock={action=all}             !% !textsf~lock all fields in the doc@
%lock={action=include,
%   fields={field1,field2,...}}!% !textsf~lock all fields listed in Fields@
%lock={action=exclude,
%   fields{field1,field2,...}} !% !textsf~lock all fields not listed in Fields@
%\end{Verbatim}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{eforms}{lock}{\setkeys{lckflds}{#1}%
  \ifx\lckFlds\@empty
    \edef\ActnArgs{\noexpand\Action\noexpand\All}\else
    \edef\ActnArgs{\noexpand\Action\expandafter
      \noexpand\lckActnArg{\lckFlds}}\fi
  \expandafter\@eqLock\expandafter{\ActnArgs}%
}
\define@choicekey{lckflds}{action}[\val\nr]{all,include,exclude}
{%
  \ifcase\nr\relax
  \def\lckActnArg{\All}\or
  \def\lckActnArg{\IncludeFields}\or
  \def\lckActnArg{\ExcludeFields}\fi
}{}
\define@key{lckflds}{fields}{\def\lckFlds{#1}}
\let\lckFlds\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% Another option that is included in the Signed tab is titled ``This script executes
% when field is signed.''
%
% This is an option that, through the user interface, is mutually exclusive from
% locking fields. This option appears to be implemented through the format event.
% Thus, to populate this option with JavaScript use \texttt{format}. For example,
%\begin{verbatim}
%   format={app.alert("Thank you for signing this field.");}
%\end{verbatim}
%
% \subsection{Specifying Actions}
% Here, we offer up various common actions for a document author to choose from.
%
% The \texttt{goto}\IndexKey{goto} key is a combines \textsf{GoTo} and \textsf{GoToR} action. There are options for jumping to a page
% with a particular view, a latex label, or a named destination.
%
% The goto key first calls |\setkeys{efgoto}{#1}|, which parses the parameters. Following the
% reading of the parameters, we determined whether this is a GoTo or a GoToR request, whether
% we are jumping to a page, a named destination or a latex label.
%
% Documentation for the parameters of \texttt{goto} follow this definition.
%
% Process the \texttt{goto} key using \pkg{conv-xkv}.
% \changes{v2.9g}{2017/01/03}{Process the \string\texttt{goto} key using \string\pkg{conv-xkv}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{eforms}{goto}[]{%
%    \end{macrocode}
%    (2017/01/03) Use \cs{cxkvsetkeys} for \texttt{goto}
%    \changes{v2.9g}{2017/01/03}{Use \string\cs{cxkvsetkeys} for \string\texttt{goto}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \cxkvsetkeys{efgoto}{#1}%
    \ifx\ef@goto@url\@empty
        \ifx\ef@goto@file\@empty
            % Jump within the file
            \def\ef@subtype{/S/GoTo }%
            \ifcase\eq@drivernum
              \def\ef@formatpage{{Page\ef@page}}\or
              \def\ef@formatpage{\pdfpageref\ef@page\space\space 0 R}\or
              \def\ef@formatpage{@page\ef@page}\fi
            \let\ef@open\@empty
            \let\ef@formatfile\@empty
        \else
            % Jump to another PDF
            \def\ef@subtype{/S/GoToR }%
            \count0=\ef@page\advance\count0by-1
            \edef\ef@formatpage{\the\count0 }%
            \def\ef@formatfile{/F (\ef@goto@file)}%
        \fi
        \ifx\ef@goto@targetdest\@empty
            \ifx\ef@labeldest\@empty
            % we will jump to a page, it might be the default page
              \expandafter\@eqA\expandafter{\ef@subtype
                /D[\ef@formatpage\ef@view]\ef@formatfile\ef@open}\else
            % jump to a label
              \expandafter\@eqA\expandafter{\ef@subtype%
                /D (\labelRef{\ef@labeldest})%
                \ef@formatfile\ef@open}\fi
        \else
        % jump to a target
          \expandafter\@eqA\expandafter{\ef@subtype%
            /D (\ef@goto@targetdest)\ef@formatfile\ef@open}%
        \fi
    \else % go to url
        \ifx\ef@goto@openparams\@empty
          \@eqA{/S/URI/URI(\ef@goto@url)}\else
          \@eqA{/S/URI/URI(\ef@goto@url\#\ef@goto@openparams)}%
        \fi
    \fi
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The keys for \texttt{goto} are \texttt{file},
% \texttt{targetdest}, \texttt{labeldest}, \texttt{page},
% \texttt{view}, and \texttt{open}.
% Specify a relative path\IndexKey{file} to the PDF file. This will work on the Web if
% the position is the same relative to the calling file.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{efgoto}{file}[]{\def\ef@goto@file{#1}}
\let\ef@goto@file\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
% Specify a url\IndexKey{url} to create a weblink
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{efgoto}{url}[]{%
    \if\ef@linktxtcolor@set0\@eqlinktxtcolor{\@urlcolor}\fi
    \def\ef@goto@url{#1}%
}
\let\ef@goto@url\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
% Specify a relative path to the PDF file with \texttt{openparams}\IndexKey{openparams}.
% This will work on the Web if the position is the same relative to the calling file.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{efgoto}{openparams}[]{\def\ef@goto@openparams{#1}}
\let\ef@goto@openparams\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Jump to a target\IndexKey{targetdest}, perhaps created by |\hypertarget|. For example,
%    if we say |\hypertarget{acrotex}{Welcome!}|, we can then jump to
%    \texttt{acrotex} by specifying \texttt{targetdest=acrotex}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{efgoto}{targetdest}[]{\def\ef@goto@targetdest{#1}}
\let\ef@goto@targetdest\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \texttt{labeldest}\IndexKey{labeldest} is the
%    same as targetdest, but now we jump to a destination specified by
%    a latex label. For example, |\section{AcroTeX}\label{acrotex}|,
%    we can jump to this section by specifying \texttt{labeldest=acrotex}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{efgoto}{labeldest}[]{\def\ef@labeldest{#1}}
\let\ef@labeldest\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
% The page number\IndexKey{page} that you want to jump to. If we set \texttt{page=1},
% we will jump to the first page of the document.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{efgoto}{page}[1]{\def\ef@page{#1}}
\def\ef@page{1}
\def\ef@view{/Fit}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% The view\IndexKey{view} can be set when the page key is used. Possible values are
% \texttt{fitpage}, \texttt{actualsize}, \texttt{fitwidth},
% \texttt{fitvisible}, and \texttt{inheritzoom}. These terms correspond
% to Acrobat's UI. When jumping to a destination, the view is set by the
% destination code.
%\begin{verbatim}
%\def\dl@fitpage{/Fit}
%\def\dl@actualsize{/XYZ -32768 -32768 1.0}
%\def\dl@fitwidth{/FitH -32768}
%\def\dl@fitvisible{/FitBH -32768}
%\def\dl@inheritzoom{/XYZ 0 0 0}
%\end{verbatim}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@choicekey{efgoto}{view}[\val\nr]{fitpage,actualsize,fitwidth,%
    fitheight,fitvisible,inheritzoom}
{%
    \edef\ef@view{\csname dl@\val\endcsname}%
}{}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The \texttt{open}\IndexKey{open} key is use when you specify the \texttt{file} key. The
% open key determines if a new window is opened or not when we
% jump to the file. Possible values are \texttt{userpref} (use user preferences),
% \texttt{new} (open new window), \texttt{existing} (use the existing window).
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@choicekey{efgoto}{open}[\val\nr]{userpref,new,existing}
{%
  \ifcase\nr\relax
    \let\ef@open\@empty\or
    \def\ef@open{/NewWindow true }\or
    \def\ef@open{/NewWindow false }\fi
}{}
\let\ef@open\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
% Through the \texttt{launch}\IndexKey{launch} key, we support the subtype \textbf{Launch}. The launch action dictionary
% contains six keys, four of which we support: \texttt{S}, \texttt{F}, \texttt{Win},
% and \texttt{New Window} (boolean). The Win key is a dictionary with keys \texttt{F}, \texttt{D}, \texttt{O},
% and \texttt{P}. If the \texttt{Win} key is used, the F key in the launch dictionary is optional. The parameters
% of the Win dictionary are passed to the \textsf{ShellExecute}.
%
% Process the \texttt{launch} key using \pkg{conv-xkv}.
% \changes{v2.9g}{2017/01/03}{Process the \string\texttt{launch} key using \string\pkg{conv-xkv}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{eforms}{launch}[]{%
%    \end{macrocode}
%    (2017/01/03) Use \cs{cxkvsetkeys} for \texttt{launch}
%    \changes{v2.9g}{2017/01/03}{Use \string\cs{cxkvsetkeys} for \string\texttt{launch}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \cxkvsetkeys{eflaunch}{#1}%
  \@eqA{/S/Launch\ifx\ef@launch@file\@empty\else
    /F(\ef@launch@file)\fi\ef@launch@open
    \ifx\ef@launch@win\@empty\else
      /Win<<\ifx\ef@launchwin@file\@empty
      /F(\ef@launch@file)\else/F(\ef@launchwin@file)\fi
      \ifx\ef@launchwin@params\@empty\else
        /P(\ef@launchwin@params)\fi
      \ifx\ef@launchwin@open\@empty\else
        /O(\ef@launchwin@open)\fi
      \ifx\ef@launchwin@dir\@empty\else
        /D(\ef@launchwin@dir)\fi>>
    \fi
  }%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    The value of the \texttt{file} key can be an application or a file. If a
%    document, the operating system will launch an application associated with
%    the file extension. The path can be given relative to the current source
%    folder.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{eflaunch}{file}[]{\def\ef@launch@file{#1}}
\let\ef@launch@file\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
%    The value of the \texttt{open} key is ignored, if the value of the
%    \texttt{file} key is not a PDF file.  If the file is a PDF, a new window
%    can be optionally opened, or not. The default is to use the user
%    preferences.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@choicekey{eflaunch}{open}[\val\nr]{userpref,new,existing}
{%
  \ifcase\nr\relax
    \let\ef@launch@open\@empty\or
    \def\ef@launch@open{/NewWindow true }\or
    \def\ef@launch@open{/NewWindow false }\fi
}{}
\let\ef@launch@open\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
%    The PDF Specification allows for additional parameters to be passed on
%    the windows operating system. (No such key is available for the Mac or
%    for Unix.) This is a windows-only feature. The \texttt{winParams} key
%    itself takes key values pairs; these keys are \texttt{file} (\texttt{F}),
%    \texttt{directory} (\texttt{D}), \texttt{open} (\texttt{O}), and
%    \texttt{params} (\texttt{P}), these keys are defined below.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{eflaunch}{winParams}[]{\def\ef@launch@win{#1}%
    \setkeys{eflaunchwin}{#1}%
}\let\ef@launch@win\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
%    As far as I can see, the \texttt{file} (application or file) must have a
%    full path (absolute path). The path should be enclosed in double quotes if
%    the path contains any spaces.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{eflaunchwin}{file}[]{\def\ef@launchwin@file{#1}}
\let\ef@launchwin@file\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
% As far as I can see, this key does nothing. The value of the key
% is a path to the (startup) folder.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{eflaunchwin}{directory}[]{\def\ef@launchwin@dir{#1}}
\let\ef@launchwin@dir\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
%    The \texttt{open} key takes one of two (documented) values: \texttt{open}
%    (the default) or \texttt{print}. But because these parameters are passed
%    to Window's \texttt{ShellExecute} a value of explore is recognized as well
%    (when the value of \texttt{file} is a path to a folder).
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{eflaunchwin}{open}[]{\def\ef@launchwin@open{#1}}
\let\ef@launchwin@open\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
% The launch parameters. Any paths must be absolute and enclosed in double quotes, if the
% path contains a space.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{eflaunchwin}{params}[]{\def\ef@launchwin@params{#1}}
\let\ef@launchwin@params\@empty
%    \end{macrocode}
% The \texttt{js}\IndexKey{js} key is used to execute JavaScript actions on a mouse up trigger.
% The argument is a JavaScript text string: |js={app.alert("Hello World!"}|.
% The value of \texttt{js} may be a macro containing JavaScript, which would include
% a macro created by the \env{defineJS} environment of \textsf{insdljs}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{eforms}{js}[]{\@eqA{\JS{#1}}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Next up are additional actions, and there are a lot of them. All these
% take JavaScript code as their values.%
% \begin{itemize}
%   \item \texttt{mouseup}\IndexKey{mouseup}: Executes its code with a mouse up event. If there is a JavaScript
%         action defined by the \texttt{js} key (or the |\A| key), the \texttt{js} (|\A|) action is executed.
%   \item \texttt{mousedown}\IndexKey{mousedown}: Executes when the mouse is hovering over the field and the user clicks
%         on the mouse.
%   \item \texttt{onenter}\IndexKey{onenter}: Executes its code when the user moves the mouse into the form field (the bounding rectangle).
%   \item \texttt{onexit}\IndexKey{onexit}: Executes its code when the user moves the mouse out of the form field (the bounding rectangle).
%   \item \texttt{onfocus}\IndexKey{onfocus}: Executes its code when the user brings the field into focus.
%   \item \texttt{onblur}\IndexKey{onblur}: Executes its code when the user brings the field loses focus (the user tabs away from
%         the field, or click outside the field).
%   \item \texttt{format}\IndexKey{format}: JavaScript to format the text that appears to
%           the user in a text field or editable combo box.
%   \item \texttt{keystroke}\IndexKey{keystroke}: JavaScript to process each keystroke in a text field or editable combo box.
%   \item \texttt{validate}\IndexKey{validate}: JavaScript to validate the committed data input into a text field or editable combo box.
%   \item \texttt{calculate}\IndexKey{calculate}: JavaScript to make calculates based on the values of other fields.
%   \item \texttt{pageopen}\IndexKey{pageopen}: JavaScript that executes when the page containing the field is opened.
%   \item \texttt{pageclose}\IndexKey{pageclose}: JavaScript that executes when the page containing the field is closed.
%   \item \texttt{pagevisible}\IndexKey{pagevisible}: JavaScript that executes when the page containing the field first becomes visible to the user.
%   \item \texttt{pageinvisible}\IndexKey{pageinvisible}: JavaScript that executes when the page containing the field is no longer visible to the user.
% \end{itemize}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@tfor\ef@AActions:={{mouseup}{AAmouseup}}{{mousedown}{AAmousedown}}%
  {{onenter}{AAmouseenter}}{{onexit}{AAmouseexit}}%
  {{onfocus}{AAonfocus}}{{onblur}{AAonblur}}%
  {{format}{AAformat}}{{keystroke}{AAkeystroke}}%
  {{validate}{AAvalidate}}{{calculate}{AAcalculate}}%
  {{pageopen}{AApageopen}}{{pageclose}{AApageclose}}%
  {{pagevisible}{AApagevisible}}%
  {{pageinvisible}{AApageinvisible}}\do{%
  \expandafter\getargs\ef@AActions\ef@jstoks={#1}%
  \edef\temp@expand@def{\noexpand\define@key{eforms}{\aeb@argi}[]%
  {\noexpand\csname @eq\aeb@argii\noexpand\endcsname%
      {\the\ef@jstoks}}}%
  \temp@expand@def
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% The \texttt{objdef}\IndexKey{objdef} key is used to create indirect references to the form field.
% The value of this key must be unique throughout the whole document. Both \texttt{objdef}
% and \texttt{taborder}\IndexKey{taborder} are used for structured tabbing. (Distiller only)
%    \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{eforms}{objdef}{\@eqobjdef{#1}}
\define@key{eforms}{taborder}{\@eqtaborder{#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</userinterface>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \section{Input Driver Specific Code}
% Now bring in driver dependent macros that support form fields.
% \changes{v2.9j}{2017/01/22}{\string\cs{eq@rectH} and \string\cs{eq@rectW} pass
% through \string\cs{setlength} to enable arithmetic for the arguments of those commands}
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*package>
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\input{\eq@drivercode}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</package>
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \subsection{For the \texttt{dvips} and \texttt{dvipsone} options}
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*epdfmark>
%    \end{macrocode}
% This is the code for the \texttt{dvipsone} and \texttt{dvips}
% options.  These two are done together.  \textsf{hyperref}
% redefines the macro \cmd{\literalps@out} appropriate to each of
% these drivers.  Both use pdfmarks, so we can put them together.
% \par\medskip\noindent
% This sets the rectangle size allowing for a literal
% hyperlink---meaning we can insert arbitrary links actions.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\Rect#1{\pdf@rect{\textcolor{\@linkcolor}{#1}}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Code to hide the solutions page to a quiz that has solutions.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\noPeek#1#2{\literalps@out{%
  \AEB@psMrk{ThisPage} << \noPeekAction{#1}{#2} >> /PUT pdfmark}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% We create an object definition for each field, there is an option for
% the author to specify a objdef name, and for a calculation field, this
% is done automatically.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\ef@getobjdef{%
  \HyField@AdvanceAnnotCount
  \ifisCalculate\edef\eq@objdefName{\Fld@name}\else
  \ifx\eq@objdef\@empty
    \edef\eq@objdefName{\annot@type\HyField@TheAnnotCount}\fi\fi
  \edef\eq@objdef{/_objdef \string{\eq@objdefName\string}}%
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Driver dependent code (distiller) for choice fields, list and combo.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@choice@driver
{%
  \Hy@pdfstringtrue
  \ifx\@vertRotate\ef@One
    \let\W@temp\eq@rectW\edef\eq@rectW{\eq@rectH}%
    \edef\eq@rectH{\W@temp}\fi\centerWidget\eq@rectH
  \ifx\autoCenter\ef@n\eqcenterWidget=0pt\fi
  \ef@getobjdef
  \pdf@rect{\lower\eqcenterWidget\ef@Bbox{\eq@rectW}{\eq@rectH}}%
  \literalps@out{\AEB@psMrk
    \eq@objdef/Rect [pdf@llx pdf@lly pdf@urx pdf@ury]
    \common@choiceCode
    /ANN pdfmark
    \AEB@psMrk{afields} {\eq@objdefName} /APPEND pdfmark
    \ifisCalculate\AEB@psMrk{corder} {\Fld@name} /APPEND pdfmark\fi
  }\to@insertStrucTabOrder{Form}\endgroup
  \dl@restorespcs
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Driver dependent code (distiller) for push button fields.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@Button@driver
{%
  \Hy@pdfstringtrue
  \ifx\eq@rectW\@empty\def\eq@rectW{\wd\eq@tmpbox}\ef@djXPD\fi
  \ifx\@vertRotate\ef@One\let\W@temp\eq@rectW\edef\eq@rectW{\eq@rectH}%
      \edef\eq@rectH{\W@temp}\fi\centerWidget\eq@rectH
  \ifx\autoCenter\ef@n\eqcenterWidget=0pt\fi
  \ef@getobjdef
  \pdf@rect{\lower\eqcenterWidget\ef@Bbox{\eq@rectW}{\eq@rectH}}%
  \literalps@out{\AEB@psMrk
    \eq@objdef/Rect [pdf@llx pdf@lly pdf@urx pdf@ury]
    \common@pushButtonCode
    /ANN pdfmark
    \AEB@psMrk{afields} {\eq@objdefName} /APPEND pdfmark
  }\to@insertStrucTabOrder{Form}\endgroup
  \dl@restorespcs
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Driver dependent code (distiller) for radio and button fields.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\parentRef#1#2{\csarg\gdef{parent@#1}{#2}}
\def\ef@radioData#1#2{\immediate
  \write\@mainaux{\string\parentRef{#1}{#2}}}
\def\eq@Radio@driver
{%
  \Hy@pdfstringtrue
  \ifx\@vertRotate\ef@One
    \let\W@temp\eq@rectW\edef\eq@rectW{\eq@rectH}%
    \edef\eq@rectH{\W@temp}\fi\centerWidget\eq@rectH
  \ifx\autoCenter\ef@n\eqcenterWidget=0pt\fi
  \ef@getobjdef
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Additional code version dated 2019/06/14 or later.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \ifuseNewRadios
    \ifx\isRadioParent\ef@YES\expandafter
      \ifx\csname radio@\Fld@name\endcsname\relax\else
        \literalps@out{\AEB@psMrk
          /_objdef{parent@rad\HyField@TheAnnotCount}
            /type/dict/OBJ pdfmark
          \AEB@psMrk{parent@rad\HyField@TheAnnotCount}
            << \radio@parent\space >>/PUT pdfmark
        }\ef@radioData{\Fld@name}{{parent@rad\HyField@TheAnnotCount}}%
        \ifx\eq@V\@empty\else
          \csarg\xdef{value@\Fld@name}%
            {\@nameuse{OnVal@\Fld@name}}%
        \fi
      \fi
      \ifx\ef@multigroupradios\ef@YES
        \csarg\gdef{multigroup@\Fld@name}%
          {\let\ef@multigroupradios\ef@YES}%
      \else
        \csarg\gdef{multigroup@\Fld@name}%
          {\let\ef@multigroupradios\ef@NO}%
      \fi
      \ifx\isRadiosInUnison\ef@YES
        \csarg\gdef{uniradios@\Fld@name}%
          {\let\isRadiosInUnison\ef@YES}%
      \else
        \csarg\gdef{uniradios@\Fld@name}%
          {\let\isRadiosInUnison\ef@NO}%
      \fi
    \fi
  \fi
  \ifuseNewRadios\expandafter\ef@NewRadiosLateOpts\fi
  \ifx\eq@rectW\@empty\def\eq@rectW{\wd\eq@tmpbox}\fi
  \pdf@rect{\lower\eqcenterWidget\ef@Bbox{\eq@rectW}{\eq@rectH}}%
  \literalps@out{\AEB@psMrk
    \eq@objdef/Rect [pdf@llx pdf@lly pdf@urx pdf@ury]
    \common@RadioCode
    /ANN pdfmark
  \ifuseNewRadios\else
    \AEB@psMrk{afields} {\eq@objdefName} /APPEND pdfmark
  \fi
  }\to@insertStrucTabOrder{Form}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Save the object reference to this kid
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \ifuseNewRadios
    \edef\x{\noexpand\g@addto@macro\noexpand
      \ef@KidsArray{{\eq@objdefName}\space}}\x
    \csarg\xdef{kid@\Fld@name}{\ef@KidsArray}%
  \fi
  \endgroup
  \dl@restorespcs
}
\def\eq@Check@driver
{%
  \Hy@pdfstringtrue
  \ifx\@vertRotate\ef@One
    \let\W@temp\eq@rectW\edef\eq@rectW{\eq@rectH}%
    \edef\eq@rectH{\W@temp}\fi\centerWidget\eq@rectH
  \ifx\autoCenter\ef@n\eqcenterWidget=0pt\fi
  \ef@getobjdef
  \ifx\eq@rectW\@empty\def\eq@rectW{\wd\eq@tmpbox}\fi
  \pdf@rect{\lower\eqcenterWidget\ef@Bbox{\eq@rectW}{\eq@rectH}}%
  \literalps@out{\AEB@psMrk
    \eq@objdef/Rect [pdf@llx pdf@lly pdf@urx pdf@ury]
    \common@CheckCode
    /ANN pdfmark
    \AEB@psMrk{afields} {\eq@objdefName} /APPEND pdfmark
  }\to@insertStrucTabOrder{Form}\endgroup
  \dl@restorespcs
}
\def\eq@l@check@driver
{%
  \ef@getobjdef
  \pdf@rect{\makebox[\eq@tmpdima]{\phantom{\link@@Content}}}%
  \literalps@out{\AEB@psMrk
    \eq@objdef/Rect [pdf@llx pdf@lly pdf@urx pdf@ury]
    \common@CheckCode
    /ANN pdfmark
    \AEB@psMrk{afields} {\eq@objdefName} /APPEND pdfmark
  }\endgroup
  \dl@restorespcs
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Driver dependent code for text fields.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@TextField{\Hy@pdfstringtrue
  \ifx\@vertRotate\ef@One
    \let\W@temp\eq@rectW\edef\eq@rectW{\eq@rectH}%
    \edef\eq@rectH{\W@temp}\fi\centerWidget\eq@rectH
  \ifx\autoCenter\ef@n\eqcenterWidget=0pt\fi
  \ef@getobjdef
  \pdf@rect{\lower\eqcenterWidget\ef@Bbox{\eq@rectW}{\eq@rectH}}%
  \literalps@out{\AEB@psMrk
    \eq@objdef/Rect [pdf@llx pdf@lly pdf@urx pdf@ury]
    \common@TextFieldCode
    /ANN pdfmark
    \AEB@psMrk{afields} {\eq@objdefName} /APPEND pdfmark
    \ifisCalculate\AEB@psMrk{corder} {\Fld@name} /APPEND pdfmark\fi
  }\to@insertStrucTabOrder{Form}\endgroup
  \dl@restorespcs
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% \changes{v2.5p}{2012/09/25}{Corrected a bug in \string\cs{eq@SigField} for
% the dvipdfm-type drivers}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@SigField{\Hy@pdfstringtrue
  \ifx\@vertRotate\ef@One
    \let\W@temp\eq@rectW\edef\eq@rectW{\eq@rectH}%
    \edef\eq@rectH{\W@temp}\fi\centerWidget\eq@rectH
  \ifx\autoCenter\ef@n\eqcenterWidget=0pt\fi
  \ef@getobjdef
  \pdf@rect{\lower\eqcenterWidget\ef@Bbox{\eq@rectW}{\eq@rectH}}%
  \literalps@out{\AEB@psMrk
    \eq@objdef/Rect [pdf@llx pdf@lly pdf@urx pdf@ury]
    \common@SigFieldCode
    /ANN pdfmark
    \AEB@psMrk{afields} {\eq@objdefName} /APPEND pdfmark
  }\to@insertStrucTabOrder{Form}\endgroup
  \dl@restorespcs
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% For processing the \texttt{pdfmark} with distiller, the key \texttt{/Action} is
% required (not \texttt{/A}). This macro converts \texttt{/A} to \texttt{/Action},
% and is used for the drivers using distiller.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\convertAToAction/A#1\@nil{\def\eq@A{/Action#1}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Driver dependent code for links.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\setLink@driver
{%
  \ifx\eq@A\@empty\else\expandafter\convertAToAction\eq@A\@nil\fi
  \@eqBS{}%
  \pdf@rect{\link@@Box}%
  \literalps@out{\AEB@psMrk
    \eq@objdef/Rect [pdf@llx pdf@lly pdf@urx pdf@ury]
  \eq@Border
  \common@LinkCode
  /Subtype /Link
  /ANN pdfmark}%
  \to@insertStrucTabOrder{Link}\endgroup
  \dl@restorespcs
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%   (2018/03/22) Defined \cs{pboxRect} to support
%    \cs{setLinkPbox}.
%    \changes{v2.9.19}{2018/03/22}{Defined \string\cs{pboxRect} to support
%    \string\cs{setLinkPbox}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\pboxRect{/Rect [\par@@Rect]}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Added \cs{mllnkcontainer} to support textsf{aeb\_mlink} package.
%    \changes{v2.9.17}{2018/03/14}{Added \string\cs{mllnkcontainer}.}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\mllnkcontainer#1{#1}
\def\setLinkPbox@driver
{%
  \ifx\eq@A\@empty\else\expandafter\convertAToAction\eq@A\@nil\fi
  \@eqBS{}%
  \literalps@out{\mllnkcontainer{%
  \AEB@psMrk\eq@objdef\pboxRect
  \eq@Border
  \eq@QuadPoints  % QuadPoints
  \common@LinkCode
  /Subtype /Link
  /ANN pdfmark}}%
  \to@insertStrucTabOrder{Link}\endgroup
  \dl@restorespcs
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</epdfmark>
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \subsection{For the \texttt{pdftex} option}
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*epdftex>
%    \end{macrocode}
% Code used in the case of the \texttt{pdftex} option.
%\par\medskip\noindent
% Code to hide the solutions page to a quiz that has solutions.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\noPeek#1#2{\global\pdfpageattr=\expandafter{\noPeekAction{#1}{#2}}}
%    \end{macrocode}
% Support for automatic calculation fields for the \textsf{pdflatex} driver. The command
% \cs{HyField@AddToFields}, not modified here, is inserted at the end of the code
% for \cs{eq@choice@driver} and \cs{eq@TextField} below.
%\changes{v2.8}{2014/11/23}{Modified a macro from hyperref (2012/11/06) to support
%automatic calculation of fields using eforms (and hyperref).}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\HyField@@AddToFields#1{%
  \HyField@AfterAuxOpen{%
    \if@filesw
      \write\@mainaux{%
        \string\HyField@AuxAddToFields{#1}}%
% added for eforms
    \ifisCalculate\write\@mainaux{%
        \string\HyField@AuxAddToCoFields{}{#1}}\fi
% end eforms
    \fi
  }%
}%
%    \end{macrocode}
% driver dependent code for choice fields
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@choice@driver
{%
  \Hy@pdfstringtrue
  \ifx\@vertRotate\ef@One
    \let\W@temp\eq@rectW\edef\eq@rectW{\eq@rectH}%
    \edef\eq@rectH{\W@temp}\fi\centerWidget\eq@rectH
  \ifx\autoCenter\ef@n\eqcenterWidget=0pt\fi
  \hbox{\pdfstartlink user{\common@choiceCode}%
  \lower\eqcenterWidget\ef@Bbox{\eq@rectW}{\eq@rectH}\pdfendlink}%
  \HyField@AddToFields
  \endgroup
  \dl@restorespcs
}
\def\eq@Button@driver
{%
  \Hy@pdfstringtrue
  \ifx\eq@rectW\@empty\def\eq@rectW{\wd\eq@tmpbox}\ef@djXPD\fi
  \ifx\@vertRotate\ef@One
    \let\W@temp\eq@rectW\edef\eq@rectW{\eq@rectH}%
    \edef\eq@rectH{\W@temp}\fi\centerWidget\eq@rectH
  \ifx\autoCenter\ef@n\eqcenterWidget=0pt\fi
  \ifx\eq@rectW\@empty\def\eq@rectW{\wd\eq@tmpbox}\fi
  \hbox{\pdfstartlink user{\common@pushButtonCode}%
  \lower\eqcenterWidget\ef@Bbox{\eq@rectW}{\eq@rectH}\pdfendlink}%
  \HyField@AddToFields
  \endgroup
  \dl@restorespcs
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\parentRef#1#2{\csarg\gdef{parent@#1}{#2 0 R}}
\def\ef@radioData#1#2{\expandafter
  \HyField@@AddToFields\expandafter{#2}%
  \immediate\write\@mainaux{\string\parentRef{#1}{#2}}}
\def\eq@Radio@driver{\Hy@pdfstringtrue
  \ifx\@vertRotate\ef@One
    \let\W@temp\eq@rectW\edef\eq@rectW{\eq@rectH}%
    \edef\eq@rectH{\W@temp}\fi\centerWidget\eq@rectH
  \ifx\autoCenter\ef@n\eqcenterWidget=0pt\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Additional code version dated 2019/06/14 or later.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \ifuseNewRadios
    \ifx\isRadioParent\ef@YES\expandafter
      \ifx\csname radio@\Fld@name\endcsname\relax\else
        \immediate\pdfobj{<< \radio@parent\space >>}%
        \ef@radioData{\Fld@name}{\the\pdflastobj}%
        \ifx\eq@V\@empty\else
            \csarg\xdef{value@\Fld@name}%
              {\@nameuse{OnVal@\Fld@name}}%
        \fi
      \fi
      \ifx\ef@multigroupradios\ef@YES
        \csarg\gdef{multigroup@\Fld@name}%
          {\let\ef@multigroupradios\ef@YES}%
      \else
        \csarg\gdef{multigroup@\Fld@name}%
          {\let\ef@multigroupradios\ef@NO}%
      \fi
      \ifx\isRadiosInUnison\ef@YES
        \csarg\gdef{uniradios@\Fld@name}%
          {\let\isRadiosInUnison\ef@YES}%
      \else
        \csarg\gdef{uniradios@\Fld@name}%
          {\let\isRadiosInUnison\ef@NO}%
      \fi
    \fi
  \fi
  \ifuseNewRadios\expandafter\ef@NewRadiosLateOpts\fi
  \ifx\eq@rectW\@empty\def\eq@rectW{\wd\eq@tmpbox}\fi
  \hbox{\pdfstartlink user{\common@RadioCode}%
  \lower\eqcenterWidget\ef@Bbox{\eq@rectW}{\eq@rectH}\pdfendlink}%
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Save the object reference to this kid
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \ifuseNewRadios
    \edef\x{\noexpand\g@addto@macro\noexpand
      \ef@KidsArray{\the\pdflastlink\space 0 R\space}}\x
    \csarg\xdef{kid@\Fld@name}{\ef@KidsArray}%
  \else
    \HyField@AddToFields
  \fi
  \endgroup
  \dl@restorespcs
}
\def\eq@Check@driver
{%
  \Hy@pdfstringtrue
  \ifx\@vertRotate\ef@One
    \let\W@temp\eq@rectW\edef\eq@rectW{\eq@rectH}%
    \edef\eq@rectH{\W@temp}\fi\centerWidget\eq@rectH
  \ifx\autoCenter\ef@n\eqcenterWidget=0pt\fi
  \ifx\eq@rectW\@empty\def\eq@rectW{\wd\eq@tmpbox}\fi
  \hbox{\pdfstartlink user{\common@CheckCode}%
  \lower\eqcenterWidget\ef@Bbox{\eq@rectW}{\eq@rectH}\pdfendlink}%
  \HyField@AddToFields
  \endgroup
  \dl@restorespcs
}
\def\eq@l@check@driver
{%
  \pdfstartlink user{\common@CheckCode}%
  \makebox[\eq@tmpdima]{\phantom{\link@@Content}}%
  \pdfendlink\HyField@AddToFields\endgroup
  \dl@restorespcs
}
\def\eq@TextField{\Hy@pdfstringtrue
  \ifx\@vertRotate\ef@One
    \let\W@temp\eq@rectW\edef\eq@rectW{\eq@rectH}%
    \edef\eq@rectH{\W@temp}\fi\centerWidget\eq@rectH
  \ifx\autoCenter\ef@n\eqcenterWidget=0pt\fi
  \leavevmode
  \hbox{\pdfstartlink user{\common@TextFieldCode}%
  \lower\eqcenterWidget\ef@Bbox{\eq@rectW}{\eq@rectH}\pdfendlink}%
  \HyField@AddToFields
  \endgroup
  \dl@restorespcs
}
\def\eq@SigField{\Hy@pdfstringtrue
  \ifx\@vertRotate\ef@One
    \let\W@temp\eq@rectW\edef\eq@rectW{\eq@rectH}%
    \edef\eq@rectH{\W@temp}\fi\centerWidget\eq@rectH
  \ifx\autoCenter\ef@n\eqcenterWidget=0pt\fi
  \leavevmode\hbox{\pdfstartlink user{\common@SigFieldCode}%
  \lower\eqcenterWidget\ef@Bbox{\eq@rectW}{\eq@rectH}\pdfendlink}%
  \HyField@AddToFields
  \endgroup
  \dl@restorespcs
}
\def\setLink@driver
{%
  \@eqBS{}%
  \leavevmode\pdfstartlink
  attr {\eq@Border}%
  user{/Subtype/Link \common@LinkCode}%
  \Hy@colorlink{\@linkcolor}\link@@Box
  \close@pdflink
  \endgroup
  \dl@restorespcs
}
\def\ef@setTabOrder{\ifx\ef@taborder\@empty\else
  \edef\ef@tmp@toks{\the\pdfpageattr\space/Tabs/\ef@taborder}%
  \global\pdfpageattr=\expandafter{\ef@tmp@toks}%
  \fi\endgroup
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
%</epdftex>
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \subsection{For the \texttt{dvipdfm}, \texttt{dvipdfmx}, \texttt{xetex} options}
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*edvipdfm>
%    \end{macrocode}
% Code to hide the solutions page to a quiz that has solutions.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\noPeek#1#2{\@pdfm@mark{put @thispage << \noPeekAction{#1}{#2} >> }}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    (2016/12/22) Removed \cs{ef@adjHWxetex} in favor of \cs{ef@djXPD}.
%    \changes{v2.9d}{2016/12/22}{Removed \string\cs{ef@adjHWxetex} in favor of \string\cs{ef@djXPD}}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\let\ef@adjHWxetex\relax
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@choice@driver{\ef@adjHWxetex
    \Hy@pdfstringtrue
  \ifx\@vertRotate\ef@One
    \let\W@temp\eq@rectW\edef\eq@rectW{\eq@rectH}%
    \edef\eq@rectH{\W@temp}\fi\centerWidget\eq@rectH
  \ifx\autoCenter\ef@n\eqcenterWidget=0pt\fi
  \leavevmode\setbox\pdfm@box=%
      \hbox{\lower\eqcenterWidget\ef@Bbox{\eq@rectW}{\eq@rectH}}%
  \@pdfm@mark{ann @\Fld@name\space\dvipdfm@setdim
  <<\common@choiceCode>>}\unhbox\pdfm@box\relax%
  \@pdfm@mark{put @afields @\Fld@name}% record in @afields array
  \ifisCalculate\@pdfm@mark{put @corder @\Fld@name}\fi
  \dl@restorespcs
  \endgroup
}
%    \end{macrocode}
% (2013/06/09) xelatex apparently includes the boundary in its width and height
% calculations. So we must too.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@Button@driver{\Hy@pdfstringtrue
  \ifx\eq@rectW\@empty\def\eq@rectW{\wd\eq@tmpbox}\ef@djXPD\fi
  \ifx\@vertRotate\ef@One
    \let\W@temp\eq@rectW\edef\eq@rectW{\eq@rectH}%
    \edef\eq@rectH{\W@temp}\fi\centerWidget\eq@rectH
  \ifx\autoCenter\ef@n\eqcenterWidget=0pt\fi
  \setbox\pdfm@box=%
      \hbox{\lower\eqcenterWidget\ef@Bbox{\eq@rectW}{\eq@rectH}}%
  \@pdfm@mark{ann @\Fld@name\space\dvipdfm@setdim
  << \common@pushButtonCode >>}\unhbox\pdfm@box\relax%
  \@pdfm@mark{put @afields @\Fld@name}% record in @afields array
  \endgroup
  \dl@restorespcs
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\parentRef#1#2{\csarg\gdef{parent@#1}{#2}}
\def\ef@radioData#1#2{%\expandafter
%  \HyField@@AddToFields\expandafter{#2}%
  \immediate\write\@mainaux{\string\parentRef{#1}{#2}}}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@Radio@driver{\ef@adjHWxetex\Hy@pdfstringtrue
  \ifx\@vertRotate\ef@One
    \let\W@temp\eq@rectW\edef\eq@rectW{\eq@rectH}%
    \edef\eq@rectH{\W@temp}\fi\centerWidget\eq@rectH
  \ifx\autoCenter\ef@n\eqcenterWidget=0pt\fi
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Additional code version dated 2019/06/14 or later.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \ifuseNewRadios
    \ifx\isRadioParent\ef@YES\expandafter
      \ifx\csname radio@\Fld@name\endcsname\relax\else
        \immediate\@pdfm@mark{obj @parentobj\HyField@TheAnnotCount
          << \radio@parent\space >>}%
        \ef@radioData{\Fld@name}{@parentobj\HyField@TheAnnotCount}%
        \ifx\eq@V\@empty\else
            \csarg\xdef{value@\Fld@name}%
              {\@nameuse{OnVal@\Fld@name}}%
        \fi
      \fi
      \ifx\ef@multigroupradios\ef@YES
        \csarg\gdef{multigroup@\Fld@name}%
          {\let\ef@multigroupradios\ef@YES}%
      \else
        \csarg\gdef{multigroup@\Fld@name}%
          {\let\ef@multigroupradios\ef@NO}%
      \fi
      \ifx\isRadiosInUnison\ef@YES
        \csarg\gdef{uniradios@\Fld@name}%
          {\let\isRadiosInUnison\ef@YES}%
      \else
        \csarg\gdef{uniradios@\Fld@name}%
          {\let\isRadiosInUnison\ef@NO}%
      \fi
    \fi
  \fi
  \ifuseNewRadios\expandafter\ef@NewRadiosLateOpts\fi
  \ifx\eq@rectW\@empty\def\eq@rectW{\wd\eq@tmpbox}\fi
  \HyField@AdvanceAnnotCount
  \setbox\pdfm@box=%
    \hbox{\lower\eqcenterWidget\ef@Bbox{\eq@rectW}{\eq@rectH}}%
  \ifx\annot@type\annot@type@checkbox\def\btn@type{check}\else
    \def\btn@type{radio}\fi
  \@pdfm@mark{ann @\btn@type\HyField@TheAnnotCount\space\dvipdfm@setdim
  <<\common@RadioCode>>}\unhbox\pdfm@box\relax%
%    \end{macrocode}
%    Save the object reference to this kid
%    \begin{macrocode}
  \ifuseNewRadios
    \edef\x{\noexpand\g@addto@macro\noexpand
      \ef@KidsArray{@parentobj\HyField@TheAnnotCount\space}}\x
    \csarg\xdef{kid@\Fld@name}{\ef@KidsArray}%
  \else
    \@pdfm@mark{put @afields @\btn@type\HyField@TheAnnotCount}%
  \fi
  \endgroup
  \dl@restorespcs
}
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\def\eq@Check@driver{\ef@adjHWxetex\Hy@pdfstringtrue
  \ifx\@vertRotate\ef@One
    \let\W@temp\eq@rectW\edef\eq@rectW{\eq@rectH}%
    \edef\eq@rectH{\W@temp}\fi\centerWidget\eq@rectH
  \ifx\autoCenter\ef@n\eqcenterWidget=0pt\fi
  \ifx\eq@rectW\@empty\def\eq@rectW{\wd\eq@tmpbox}\fi
  \HyField@AdvanceAnnotCount
  \setbox\pdfm@box=%
    \hbox{\lower\eqcenterWidget\ef@Bbox{\eq@rectW}{\eq@rectH}}%
  \ifx\annot@type\annot@type@checkbox\def\btn@type{check}\else
    \def\btn@type{radio}\fi
  \@pdfm@mark{ann @\btn@type\HyField@TheAnnotCount\space\dvipdfm@setdim
  <<\common@CheckCode>>}\unhbox\pdfm@box\relax%
  \@pdfm@mark{put @afields @\btn@type\HyField@TheAnnotCount}%
  \endgroup
  \dl@restorespcs
}
\def\eq@l@check@driver{%
  \HyField@AdvanceAnnotCount
  \setbox\pdfm@box=%
    \hbox{\makebox[\eq@tmpdima]{\phantom{\link@@Content}}}%
  \@pdfm@mark{ann @check\HyField@TheAnnotCount\space
    \dvipdfm@setdim<<\common@CheckCode>>}%
  \unhbox\pdfm@box\relax
  \@pdfm@mark{put @afields @check\HyField@TheAnnotCount}%
  \endgroup
}
\def\eq@TextField{\ef@adjHWxetex\Hy@pdfstringtrue
  \ifx\@vertRotate\ef@One
    \let\W@temp\eq@rectW\edef\eq@rectW{\eq@rectH}%
    \edef\eq@rectH{\W@temp}\fi\centerWidget\eq@rectH
  \ifx\autoCenter\ef@n\eqcenterWidget=0pt\fi
  \leavevmode\setbox\pdfm@box=%
    \hbox{\lower\eqcenterWidget\ef@Bbox{\eq@rectW}{\eq@rectH}}%
  \@pdfm@mark{ann @\Fld@name\space\dvipdfm@setdim
    << \common@TextFieldCode >>}\unhbox\pdfm@box\relax%
  \@pdfm@mark{put @afields @\Fld@name}% record in @afields array
  \ifisCalculate\@pdfm@mark{put @corder @\Fld@name}\fi
  \endgroup
  \dl@restorespcs
}
\def\eq@SigField{\ef@adjHWxetex\Hy@pdfstringtrue
  \ifx\@vertRotate\ef@One
    \let\W@temp\eq@rectW\edef\eq@rectW{\eq@rectH}%
    \edef\eq@rectH{\W@temp}\fi\centerWidget\eq@rectH
  \ifx\autoCenter\ef@n\eqcenterWidget=0pt\fi
  \leavevmode\setbox\pdfm@box=%
    \hbox{\lower\eqcenterWidget\ef@Bbox{\eq@rectW}{\eq@rectH}}%
  \@pdfm@mark{ann @\Fld@name\space\dvipdfm@setdim
    << \common@SigFieldCode >>}\unhbox\pdfm@box\relax%
  \@pdfm@mark{put @afields @\Fld@name}% record in @afields array
  \endgroup
  \dl@restorespcs
}
\def\setLink@driver{%
  \@eqBS{}\leavevmode
  \@pdfm@mark{bann
    <</Subtype/Link\eq@Border\common@LinkCode>>}%
    \Hy@colorlink{\@linkcolor}\link@@Box\Hy@endcolorlink
  \@pdfm@mark{eann}%
  \endgroup
  \dl@restorespcs
}
\def\ef@setTabOrder{\ifx\ef@taborder\@empty\else
  \@pdfm@mark{ put @thispage << /Tabs/\ef@taborder >> }%
  \fi\endgroup
}
%</edvipdfm>
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*setcorder>
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \section{Document JavaScripts}
%    \subsection{Support for setting calculation order}
%    \begin{macrocode}
\begin{insDLJS}{cojs}{eforms: JavaScript to set calculation order}
var debugCalc=false;
ef_setCalcOrder.lastIndex=0;
function ef_setCalcOrder (a) {
  var o1, o2, f;
  while ( a.length > 0) {
    if (a.length > 1) {
      f=a.shift();
      o1=this.getField(f);
      if ( o1 == null ) {
        ef_CalcOrderErr(f);
        continue;
      }
      f = a[0];
      o2=this.getField(f);
      if ( o2 == null ) {
        ef_CalcOrderErr(f);
        a.shift();
        continue;
      }
      if (  o2.calcOrderIndex < o1.calcOrderIndex ) {
        o2.calcOrderIndex=o1.calcOrderIndex+1;
        ef_setCalcOrder.lastIndex=o2.calcOrderIndex;
      }
    } else {
      f=a.shift();
      o1=this.getField(f);
      if ( o1 == null ) {
        ef_CalcOrderErr(f);
        continue;
      }
      o1.calcOrderIndex=ef_setCalcOrder.lastIndex;			
    }
  }
}
function ef_CalcOrderErr(f) {
  console.show(); app.beep(0);
  console.println("calcOrder: the field \""+ f
    + "\" does not exist in this document, skipping it.\n\n"
    + "calcOrder: Check the case sensitive spelling of the field.");
}
var _EfCalcOrder=\efCalcOrder;
ef_setCalcOrder(_EfCalcOrder);
\end{insDLJS}
%</setcorder>
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*package>
\inputCalcOrderJS
\catcode`\$=\ef@CatChngs
%</package>
%    \end{macrocode}
%  \Finale
\endinput